--- /dev/null
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+aclocal.m4
+autom4te.cache/
+build-aux/
+config.log
+config.status
+configure
+libsmack.pc
+libtool
+
--- /dev/null
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+\f
+ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+\f
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+\f
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+\f
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+\f
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+\f
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+\f
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+\f
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+\f
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
--- /dev/null
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+aclocal.m4
+autom4te.cache/
+build-aux/
+config.log
+config.status
+configure
+libsmack.pc
+libtool
+
--- /dev/null
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 ${ACLOCAL_FLAGS}
+AM_MAKEFLAGS = --no-print-directory
+
+DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = \
+ --with-systemdsystemunitdir=$$dc_install_base/$(systemdsystemunitdir)
+
+SUBDIRS = libsmack utils doc init
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh -e
+
+autoreconf --install --symlink
+./configure --prefix="/usr" $@
--- /dev/null
+AC_PREREQ(2.60)
+AC_INIT([libsmack],
+ [1.0],
+ [jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com],
+ [libsmack],
+ [https://github.com/smack-team/smack])
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([libsmack/libsmack.c])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([-Wall -Werror dist-bzip2 foreign])
+AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
+AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
+m4_ifdef([AM_PROG_AR], [AM_PROG_AR])
+LT_INIT([disable-static])
+AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT([/usr])
+
+AC_CHECK_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen], [doxygen], [])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for doxygen])
+if test ! -z "$DOXYGEN"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_DOXYGEN],[test ! -z "$DOXYGEN"], [Build API documentation.])
+AC_SUBST([DOXYGEN], [$DOXYGEN])
+
+# systemd
+systemd_new=no
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES([SYSTEMD],
+ systemd >= 198,
+ [systemd_new=yes],
+ [systemd_new=no])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([systemdsystemunitdir],
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-systemdsystemunitdir=DIR], [Directory for systemd service files]),
+ [],
+ [with_systemdsystemunitdir=$(pkg-config --silence-errors --variable=systemdsystemunitdir systemd)])
+AC_SUBST([systemdsystemunitdir], [$with_systemdsystemunitdir])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_SYSTEMD, [test -n "$with_systemdsystemunitdir"])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_SYSTEMD_NEW, [test "$systemd_new" = "yes"])
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile libsmack/Makefile libsmack/libsmack.pc utils/Makefile doc/Makefile init/Makefile])
+
+AC_OUTPUT
--- /dev/null
+smack (1.0slp2+s12) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Kidong Kim ]
+ * fix directory installation problem
+ * fix %post bug
+
+ [ Jae-young Hwang ]
+ * fix smack denied issue on emulator
+
+ [ Rafal Krypa ]
+ * Fix symlink creation on smack-utils install.
+ * libsmack: add support for new access mode for setting locks ("l")
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Tue, 20 Aug 2013 17:00:17 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s11) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Rafal Krypa ]
+ * libsmack: check label length in smack_revoke_subject().
+ * Merge changes from upstream repository.
+
+ [ Jarkko Sakkinen ]
+ * libsmack: fallback to short labels.
+ * Declare smack_mnt as non-static in init.c.
+ * Removed dso.h.
+
+ [ Auke Kok ]
+ * smack.service: provide [Install] section in systemd unit file.
+ * smack.mount: "WantedBy" is illegal in [Unit] context.
+
+ [ Passion Zhao ]
+ * Move cipso_free,cipso_new,cipso_apply from utils/common.c to libsmack/libsmack.c.
+ * Add support for smackfs directory: /sys/fs/smackfs/
+ * smackcipso can't set CIPSO correctly (fixes bug TDIS-3891)
+
+ [ Patrick McCarty ]
+ * Run AM_PROG_AR to fix build with newer automake.
+
+ [ Nathaniel Chen ]
+ * disable services for new systemd versions
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Wed, 24 Apr 2013 19:37:48 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s9) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Chengwei Yang ]
+ * Polish init script.
+
+ [ Wonguk Jeong ]
+ * execute init script between local-fs.target and basic.target.
+
+ [ Rafal Krypa ]
+ * libsmack: fix access type parsing.
+ * libsmack: fix label removal.
+ * Don't fail when removing label from file, that doesn't have it.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Thu, 07 Feb 2013 12:36:15 +0100
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s8) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Add systemd support scripts.
+
+ -- Jacek Migacz <j.migacz@samsung.com> Mon, 26 Nov 2012 15:27:28 2012 +0900
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s7) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Rafal Krypa ]
+ * libsmack: try not to fail if accesses_apply cannot access some kernel interface.
+
+ [ Kidong Kim ]
+ * fix initialization script order.
+
+ -- Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> Mon, 26 Nov 2012 15:27:28 2012 +0900
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s6) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Bumjin Im ]
+ * Modified typo access.d --> accesses.d
+
+ [ Rafal Krypa ]
+ * packaging: fix location of symlinks to smack-utils init script.
+ * Merge with upstream.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Mon, 17 Sep 2012 10:40:12 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s5) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Rebuild, no source changes.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Wed, 01 Aug 2012 12:04:22 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Rebuild, no source changes.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Thu, 30 Jul 2012 11:43:03 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Rebuilding the package in OBS. No source changes has been made.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Thu, 19 Jul 2012 15:17:03 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Merge with upstream master branch.
+ * Fix inconsistent init script names.
+ * Install missing manual page links for library functions.
+ * libsmack: add API for revoking all rules for a subject label.
+ * libsmack: add support for modification rules.
+ * libsmack: add function for setting current process label.
+ * Move definition of max label length to a single place and export it in libsmack header file.
+ * debian: fix paths to upstream repositories.
+ * Fix three compilation warnings.
+ * libsmack: add functions for getting and setting labels from files.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Wed, 11 Jul 2012 14:36:56 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * debian: set myself as Tizen package maintainer.
+ * debian: move configuration directories to /opt/etc, as in Tizen directory structure.
+ * debian: symlink the init script to proper init directories for Tizen.
+ * debian: rename libsmack to libsmack1 according to Debian policy.
+
+ * Git: slp/pkgs/s/smack
+ * Tag: smack_1.0slp2+s1
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Mon, 07 May 2012 19:27:23 +0200
+
+smack (1.0) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Initial package release for debian
+
+ -- Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com> Wed, 25 Apr 2012 11:00:09 +0900
--- /dev/null
+Source: smack
+Section: admin
+Priority: optional
+X-Original-Maintainer: Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+Maintainer: Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 8),
+ pkg-config, autoconf,
+ libtool, dh-autoreconf
+Standards-Version: 3.9.3
+Vcs-Git: git://github.com/smack-team/smack.git
+Vcs-Browser: https://github.com/smack-team/smack
+
+Package: libsmack1
+Section: libs
+Architecture: linux-any
+Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}
+Provides: libsmack
+Conflicts: libsmack
+Replaces: libsmack
+Description: Shared libraries for interaction with SMACK
+ Library allows applications to work with the smack kernel interface.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
+
+Package: libsmack1-dbg
+Section: debug
+Priority: extra
+Architecture: linux-any
+Depends: ${misc:Depends}, libsmack1 (= ${binary:Version})
+Provides: libsmack-dbg
+Replaces: libsmack-dbg
+Conflicts: libsmack-dbg
+Description: Debug symbols for shared libraries in libsmack1
+ Library for SMACK which allows applications to work with the smack
+ kernel interface. This package contains standard debug symbols.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
+
+Package: libsmack-dev
+Section: libdevel
+Architecture: linux-any
+Depends: ${misc:Depends}, libsmack1 (= ${binary:Version})
+Description: Development headers of shared libraries in libsmack1
+ Library for SMACK which allows applications to work with the smack
+ kernel interface. This package includes development header files.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
+
+Package: smack-utils
+Architecture: any
+Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}, libsmack1 (= ${binary:Version})
+Description: Administration tools for using SMACK
+ A selection of administration tools for using the smack kernel
+ interface. This package includes some tools and the init script
+ for loading and unloading rules and query the policy.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
+
+Package: smack-utils-dbg
+Section: debug
+Priority: extra
+Architecture: linux-any
+Depends: ${misc:Depends}, smack-utils (= ${binary:Version})
+Description: Debug symbols for administration tools in smack-utils
+ A selection of administration tools for using the smack kernel
+ interface. This package includes a standard set of debug symbols.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
--- /dev/null
+Format: http://www.debian.org/doc/packaging-manuals/copyright-format/1.0/
+Upstream-Name: smack
+Upstream-Contact: Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+Source: https://github.com/smack-team/smack
+
+Files: *
+Copyright: 2011-2012 Intel Corperation
+License: LGPL-2.1
+ This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ .
+ This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ .
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ along with this package. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ .
+ On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License can be found in "/usr/share/common-licenses/LGPL-2.1".
--- /dev/null
+usr/include/sys/*.h
+usr/lib/libsmack.so
+usr/lib/pkgconfig/*
--- /dev/null
+doc/smack_have_access.3
+doc/smack_accesses_add.3
+doc/smack_accesses_add_from_file.3
+doc/smack_accesses_apply.3
+doc/smack_accesses_clear.3
+doc/smack_accesses_free.3
+doc/smack_accesses_new.3
+doc/smack_accesses_save.3
+doc/smack_new_label_from_self.3
+doc/smack_new_label_from_socket.3
--- /dev/null
+usr/lib/libsmack.so.*
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# postinst script for libsmack1
+#
+# see: dh_installdeb(1)
+
+set -e
+
+case "$1" in
+ configure|abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure)
+ test ! -d /smack && mkdir /smack
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
+# generated by other debhelper scripts.
+
+#DEBHELPER#
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# postrm script for libsmack1
+#
+# see: dh_installdeb(1)
+
+set -e
+
+case "$1" in
+ purge|abort-install|remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-upgrade|disappear)
+ if [ -d /smack ] ; then
+ if mountpoint -q "/smack" ; then
+ umount /smack
+ fi
+ rm -rf /smack
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
+# generated by other debhelper scripts.
+
+#DEBHELPER#
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+libsmack.so.1 libsmack1 #MINVER#
+ LIBSMACK@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_add@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_add_from_file@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_apply@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_clear@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_free@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_new@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_save@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_have_access@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_new_label_from_self@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_new_label_from_socket@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_revoke_subject@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_add_modify@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_set_label_for_self@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_getlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_lgetlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_fgetlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_setlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_lsetlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_fsetlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/make -f
+# -*- makefile -*-
+
+# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode.
+#export DH_VERBOSE=1
+
+%:
+ dh $@ --with autoreconf
+
+override_dh_strip:
+ dh_strip -plibsmack1 --dbg-package=libsmack1-dbg
+ dh_strip -psmack-utils --dbg-package=smack-utils-dbg
+
+.PHONY: override_dh_strip
--- /dev/null
+opt/etc/smack/accesses.d
+opt/etc/smack/cipso.d
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2012 Intel Corporation
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, version 2.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301 USA
+#
+# Authors:
+# Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+#
+# Description: Initialize Smack policy
+#
+### BEGIN INIT INFO
+# Provides: smack-utils
+# Required-Start: $remote_fs $local_fs
+# Required-Stop: $remote_fs $local_fs
+# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5
+# Default-Stop: 0 1 6
+# Short-Description: Utility to set up SMACK policy
+# Description: SMACK is a simplified mandatory access control \
+# framework using an the LSM interface of the kernel. \
+# The access control rules are loaded using smackfs \
+# pseudo-filesystem.
+### END INIT INFO
+
+PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin
+
+PROG=smack-utils
+DESC="Simplified MAC Kernel (SMACK)"
+SMACKCTL=/usr/bin/smackctl
+
+# Check kernel whether smack is supported
+[ `grep -c smack /proc/filesystems` -eq 1 ] || exit 0
+
+#
+# Mount smackfs in /smack
+#
+mount_smack() {
+ if [ ! -d /smack ] ; then
+ test -e /smack && rm -f /smack
+ mkdir /smack
+ fi
+ if ! grep -E -qs smackfs /etc/mtab; then
+ mount -t smackfs smackfs /smack > /dev/null 2>&1
+ fi
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+ start)
+ echo -n "Starting $DESC ..."
+ mount_smack
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl apply ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ status)
+ /usr/bin/smackctl status
+ ;;
+ reload|force-reload|restart|try-restart)
+ echo -n "Reloading $DESC ..."
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl clear && /usr/bin/smackctl apply ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ stop)
+ echo -n "Stopping $DESC ..."
+ # umount /smack to make sure "status" reports the correct state
+ # of smack because it only check if smackfs mounted or not.
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl clear && umount /smack ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo $"Usage: $0 {start|stop|reload|force-reload|restart|try-restart|status}"
+ exit 3
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+/opt/etc/smack /etc/smack
+/etc/init.d/smack-utils /etc/rc.d/rc3.d/S01smack
+/etc/init.d/smack-utils /etc/rc.d/rc4.d/S01smack
--- /dev/null
+doc/chsmack.8
+doc/smackaccess.1
+doc/smackctl.8
+doc/smackload.8
+doc/smackcipso.8
+doc/smackd.8
--- /dev/null
+3.0 (native)
--- /dev/null
+doxygen.stamp
+html/
+libsmack-doxygen*.tar.gz
--- /dev/null
+# Doxyfile 1.8.1.2
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
+# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
+# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
+# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
+# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = $(PROJECT)-$(VERSION)
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
+# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
+# if some version control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
+# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
+# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
+# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
+# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
+# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
+# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = .
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
+# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
+# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
+# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
+# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
+# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
+# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
+# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
+# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
+# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
+# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak,
+# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
+# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
+# Set to NO to disable this.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
+# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
+# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
+# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
+# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
+# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
+# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
+# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
+# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
+# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
+# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF =
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
+# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
+# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
+# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
+# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
+# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
+# path to strip.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH = .
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
+# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
+# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
+# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
+# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
+# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = .
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
+# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
+# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
+# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
+# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
+# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
+# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
+# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
+# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
+# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
+# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
+# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
+# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
+# re-implements.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
+# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
+# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
+# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 8
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
+# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
+# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
+# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
+# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
+# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
+# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
+# itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
+# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
+# of all members will be omitted, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
+# scopes will look different, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Fortran.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
+# VHDL.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
+# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this
+# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language
+# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C,
+# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make
+# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C
+# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions
+# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
+# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
+# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
+# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
+# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
+# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
+# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
+# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
+# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
+# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the
+# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
+# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
+# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
+# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
+# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
+# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
+# the \nosubgrouping command.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
+# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
+# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
+# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
+# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation
+# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group
+# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default),
+# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man
+# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
+# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
+# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
+# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
+# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
+# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
+# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
+# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
+# causing a significant performance penalty.
+# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
+# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
+# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the
+# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
+# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
+# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
+
+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be
+# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given
+# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the
+# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of
+# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower.
+# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this
+# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
+# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
+# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
+# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
+# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
+# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
+# the interface are included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
+# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
+# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
+# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
+# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
+# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
+# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
+# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
+# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
+# documentation.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
+# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
+# function's detailed documentation block.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
+# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
+# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
+# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
+# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
+# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
+# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
+# of that file.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
+# rather than with sharp brackets.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
+# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
+# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
+# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
+# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
+# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
+# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
+# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
+# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
+# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
+# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
+# the group names will appear in their defined order.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
+# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
+# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
+# not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
+# alphabetical list.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
+# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
+# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
+# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
+# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
+# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
+# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
+# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
+# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
+# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
+# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
+# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
+# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
+# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
+# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
+# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
+# Namespaces page.
+# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
+# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
+# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
+# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
+# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
+# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
+# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
+# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
+# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
+# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
+# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
+# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
+# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
+# NO is used.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
+# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
+# automatically be disabled.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
+# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
+# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
+# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
+# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
+# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
+# documentation.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
+# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
+# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
+# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
+# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
+# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
+# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
+# to stderr.
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
+# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
+# with spaces.
+
+INPUT = ../$(SRCDIR)/libsmack/sys/smack.h
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
+# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
+# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
+# the list of possible encodings.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank the following patterns are tested:
+# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
+# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
+# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.c \
+ *.h
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
+# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
+# If left blank NO is used.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
+# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
+# for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
+# the \include command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH = $(SRCDIR)
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank all files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
+# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
+# the \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
+# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
+# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
+# to standard output.
+# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
+# ignored.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis.
+# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match.
+# The filters are a list of the form:
+# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
+# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
+# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
+# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
+# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
+# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
+# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
+# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
+# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
+# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
+# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
+# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented
+# functions referencing it will be listed.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented entities
+# called/used by that function will be listed.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
+# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
+# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
+# link to the source code.
+# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
+# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
+# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
+# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
+# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
+# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
+# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
+# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
+
+# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
+# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
+# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
+# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
+# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
+# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate HTML output.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = $(GENERATE_HTML)
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
+# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
+# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
+# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
+# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
+# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
+# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
+# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
+# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
+# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
+# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
+# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
+# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
+# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
+# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
+# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
+# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
+# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
+# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
+# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
+# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
+# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
+# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
+# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
+# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
+# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
+# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
+# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
+# and 100 does not change the gamma.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
+# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of
+# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user
+# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand
+# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are
+# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount).
+# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by
+# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries
+# and will result in a full expanded tree by default.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
+# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
+# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
+# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
+# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
+# it at startup.
+# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
+# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
+# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
+# can be grouped.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
+# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
+# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
+# will append .docset to the name.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
+# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
+# of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = $(GENERATE_CHM)
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
+# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+
+CHM_FILE = ../$(PROJECT).chm
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
+# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
+# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+
+HHC_LOCATION = $(HHC_PATH)
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
+# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
+# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+
+GENERATE_CHI = $(GENERATE_CHI)
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
+# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
+# content.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
+# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
+# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
+# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
+# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
+# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
+# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE =
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
+# add. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
+# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's
+# filter section matches.
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
+# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
+# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
+# .qhp file.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
+# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
+# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
+# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
+# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
+# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
+# the help appears.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
+# this name.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
+# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
+# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
+# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
+# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
+# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
+# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
+# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
+# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
+# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
+# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
+# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
+# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
+# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
+# values from appearing in the overview section.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
+# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
+# is shown.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
+# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
+# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
+# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
+# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
+# to force them to be regenerated.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
+# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
+# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
+# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
+# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
+# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
+# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
+# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
+# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
+# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
+# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
+# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
+# installing MathJax.
+# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
+# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
+# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
+# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
+# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
+# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
+# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
+# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
+# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client
+# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
+# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server
+# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows
+# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup
+# and does not have live searching capabilities.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate Latex output.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
+# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
+# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
+# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
+# default command name.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
+# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
+# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = $(PAPER_SIZE)
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
+# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
+# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
+# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
+# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
+# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
+# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
+# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
+# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
+# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = YES
+
+# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
+# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
+# in the output.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
+# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
+# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
+# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
+# other RTF readers or editors.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = $(GENERATE_RTF)
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
+# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
+# programs which support those fields.
+# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
+# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
+# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate man pages
+
+GENERATE_MAN = $(GENERATE_MAN)
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
+# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .1
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
+# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
+# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
+# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
+# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation.
+
+GENERATE_XML = $(GENERATE_XML)
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_SCHEMA =
+
+# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_DTD =
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
+# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
+# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
+# that captures the structure of the code including all
+# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
+# and incomplete at the moment.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this
+# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
+# moment.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
+# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
+# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
+# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
+# This is useful
+# if you want to understand what is going on.
+# On the other hand, if this
+# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
+# and Perl will parse it just the same.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
+# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
+# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
+# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
+# files.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
+# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
+# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
+# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = NO
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
+# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
+# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
+# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
+# the preprocessor.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
+# be used.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
+# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
+# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
+# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
+# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
+# instead of the = operator.
+
+PREDEFINED =
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
+# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
+# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
+# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
+# overrules the definition found in the source code.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
+# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
+# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
+# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::additions related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
+# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
+# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
+# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
+# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
+# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
+# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
+# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
+# will be listed.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
+# be listed.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
+
+PERL_PATH = $(PERL_PATH)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
+# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
+# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
+# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
+# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
+# or is not a class.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
+# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
+# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
+
+HAVE_DOT = $(HAVE_DOT)
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
+# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
+# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
+# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
+# between CPU load and processing speed.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
+# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
+# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
+# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
+# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
+# directory containing the font.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
+# The default size is 10pt.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
+# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
+# set the path where dot can find it.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
+# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
+# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
+# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
+# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
+# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
+# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
+# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
+# relations between templates and their instances.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
+# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
+# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
+# other documented files.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
+# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
+# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
+# indirectly include this file.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
+# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
+# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
+# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
+# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
+# relations between the files in the directories.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
+# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
+# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
+# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
+# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
+# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
+# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+
+DOT_PATH = $(DOT_PATH)
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \dotfile command).
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \mscfile command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
+# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
+# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
+# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
+# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
+# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
+# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
+# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
+# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
+# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
+# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
+# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
+# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
+# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
+# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
+# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
+# the various graphs.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
--- /dev/null
+EXTRA_DIST=Doxyfile
+
+if ENABLE_DOXYGEN
+
+docpkg = $(PACKAGE_TARNAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)-doc.tar.gz
+
+CLEANFILES = $(docpkg) doxygen.stamp
+
+doc_DATA = $(docpkg)
+
+$(docpkg): doxygen.stamp
+ tar chof - html | gzip -9 -c >$@
+
+doxygen.stamp: Doxyfile
+ $(DOXYGEN) $<
+ echo Timestamp > $@
+
+clean-local:
+ rm -rf html
+
+endif
+
+man_MANS = smackaccess.1 \
+ smack_accesses_add.3 \
+ smack_accesses_add_from_file.3 \
+ smack_accesses_add_modify.3 \
+ smack_accesses_apply.3 \
+ smack_accesses_clear.3 \
+ smack_accesses_free.3 \
+ smack_accesses_new.3 \
+ smack_accesses_save.3 \
+ smack_have_access.3 \
+ smack_new_label_from_self.3 \
+ smack_new_label_from_socket.3 \
+ smack_set_label_for_self.3 \
+ smack_revoke_subject.3 \
+ smack_fgetlabel.3 \
+ smack_fsetlabel.3 \
+ smack_getlabel.3 \
+ smack_lgetlabel.3 \
+ smack_lsetlabel.3 \
+ smack_setlabel.3 \
+ chsmack.8 \
+ smackcipso.8 \
+ smackctl.8 \
+ smackd.8 \
+ smackload.8
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(man_MANS)
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "CHSMACK" "8" "03/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+chsmack \- Change the Smack properties of a filesystem object
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B chsmack [\-a|\-\-access=] [-e|--exec=|--execute=] [-m|--mmap=]
+.I <context>
+.B [-t|--transmute]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B chsmack
+can be used to query or change the Smack context of a file. Depending on the state and type of the file the different labels, which are stored as xattrs on the file, have a different effect. If the file is a process binary then the
+.I exec
+label will take effect when the process is launched and this label will be assigned as the context of the running process. Whereas the
+.I transmute
+flag only affects directories and ensures that all files created beneath it have their label set to the label of the directory on which the transmute bit is set. This process needs to be launched with CAP_MAC_ADMIN capabilities in order to change any of the contexts.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-a\fR, \-\-access=
+Set the access context for this file. This context is used to confine the access modes, which are defined by the set "rwaxt", which refer to read, write, append, execute and transmute. The exec here is not to be confused with the
+.B \-e
+option listed below. This access mode "exec" specifies restrictions on who is allowed to launch this process. A common rule for this might look like
+.B (launcher application rx)
+where the
+.B \-\-access
+label is set to
+.BR "application" .
+This would ensure that the process with context
+.B launcher
+would be able to read and execute the binary from the
+.B application
+context.
+This label is stored in the
+.B security.SMACK64
+extended attribute.
+.TP
+.B \-e\fR, \-\-exec=
+If this file is an application binary, this flag defines the context that it will be launched in. It is accessible from the
+.B security.SMACK64EXEC
+extended attribute.
+.TP
+.B \-m\fR, \-\-mmap=
+A file with the mmap attribute set can only be mapped by processes with access to all of the labels that a process with the mmap label would have access to. the label is set and retrieved from the
+.B security.SMACK64MMAP
+extended attribute.
+.TP
+.I context
+The context to assign to label for the file
+.TP
+.B \-t\fR, \-\-transmute
+When used this will set the transmute flag of a directory to True. This will mean that all files and directories created under it will have the same label as the directory. By default all files created by a process are created with the same context label as the process. Transmute provides a very useful feature for sharing access to resources. The common example would be a Docs directory where all documents created by word processors and text editors can be stored. Each of the text editors can open the files and edit them in a shared fashion, while still ensuring that the config files of the editor remain protected. The label is stored in the
+.B security.SMACK64TRANSMUTE
+extended attribute.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The current values for the labels will be printed to stdout on success.
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+A successful call will return 0, where as a non zero value will be returned on error.
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Authors:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\" Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACK_ACCESSES_ADD" "3" "14/06/2012" "Libsmack 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smack_accesses_new, smack_accesses_free, smack_accesses_save, smack_accesses_apply, smack_accesses_clear, smack_accesses_add, smack_accesses_add_from_file, smack_revoke_subject \- Manipulate Smack rules
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/smack.h>
+.sp
+.BI "int smack_accesses_new(struct smack_accesses **" accesses ");"
+.br
+.BI "void smack_accesses_free(struct smack_accesses *" handle ");"
+.br
+
+.BI "int smack_accesses_add(struct smack_accesses *" handle ", const char *" subject ", const char *" object ", const char *" access_type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_accesses_add_modify(struct smack_accesses *" handle ", const char *" subject ", const char *" object ", const char *" access_add ", const char *" access_del ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_accesses_add_from_file(struct smack_accesses *" accesses ", int " fd ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_accesses_save(struct smack_accesses *" handle ", int " fd ");"
+.br
+
+.BI "int smack_accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *" handle ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_accesses_clear(struct smack_accesses *" handle ");"
+.br
+
+.BI "int smack_revoke_subject(const char *" subject ");"
+.br
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These methods provide a means to create properly formatted smack rules that can be stored to file or loaded directly into the kernel. For loading and unloading rules directly into the kernel the calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability. Most users will generally store the rules to a file that can be read by
+.BR smackload (8).
+If the rules should be loaded on system reboot then the file should be stored in /etc/smack/accesses.d/<name>.rules.
+
+.BR smack_accesses_new ()
+creates a new empty smack_accesses instance pointed to by
+.IR accesses .
+
+.BR smack_accesses_free ()
+destroys a previously created instance of smack_accesses pointed to by
+.IR handle .
+
+.BR smack_accesses_add ()
+create a rule allowing a
+.I subject
+to access an
+.I object
+with the type of access defined in
+.I access_type
+and store the result in
+.IR handle .
+If a rule for the specified labels already exists it will be overwritten.
+
+.BR smack_accesses_add_modify ()
+create a modification rule for the specified
+.I subject
+and
+.I object
+labels allowing the access specified in
+.I access_add
+and disallowing the access defined by
+.IR access_del .
+The result is stored in
+.IR handle .
+If a rule for the specified labels already exists it will be modified, otherwise a new rule will be created with the permissions specified in access_add added and those specified in access_del removed.
+
+.BR smack_accesses_add_from_file ()
+read a set of rules from a file and store them in
+.IR handle .
+The file must be a series of lines, 1 per rule, in the format "%s %s %s"
+.B "(subject object access_type)"
+
+.BR smack_accesses_save ()
+save the smack_accesses instance pointed to by
+.I handle
+to the file specified by the file-descriptor
+.IR fd .
+
+.BR smack_accesses_apply ()
+apply the rules pointed to by
+.I handle
+directly to the kernel. The calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+.BR smack_accesses_clear ()
+remove the rules pointed to by
+.I handle
+directly from the kernel. The calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+
+.BR smack_revoke_subject ()
+Sets the access to '-' (no access allowed) for all access rules with given
+.I subject
+label directly in the kernel. The calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All methods, except
+.IR smack_accesses_free ,
+return 0 on success and a negative value on failure (in which case
+.I errno
+is set appropriately).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.nf
+#include <sys/smack.h>
+
+int apply_rules_file(int fd, int clear)
+{
+ struct smack_accesses *rules = NULL;
+ int ret = 0;
+
+ if (smack_accesses_new(&rules))
+ return \-1;
+
+ if (smack_accesses_add_from_file(rules, fd)) {
+ smack_accesses_free(rules);
+ return \-1;
+ }
+
+ if (!clear)
+ ret = smack_accesses_apply(rules);
+ else
+ ret = smack_accesses_clear(rules);
+
+ smack_accesses_free(rules);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+.fi
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR smack_have_access (3)
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_access_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACK_GETLABEL" "3" "07/05/2012" "Libsmack 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smack_getlabel, smack_lgetlabel, smack_fgetlabel, smack_setlabel, smack_lsetlabel, smack_fsetlabel \- Manipulation of Smack labels for files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/smack.h>
+.sp
+.BI "int smack_getlabel(const char *" path ", char **" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_lgetlabel(const char *" path ", char **" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_fgetlabel(int " fd ", char **" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+
+.BI "int smack_setlabel(const char *" path ", const char *" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_lsetlabel(const char *" path ", const char *" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_fsetlabel(int " fd ", const char *" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.sp
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Smack uses extended attributes (xattrs) to store labels on filesystem objects. The attributes are stored in the extended attribute security name space. A process must have CAP_MAC_ADMIN to change any of these attributes.
+These functions provide an interface for Smack label manipulation on files and file descriptors.
+.SS "Label types"
+There are several types of labels and not all of them are valid for every object. All valid types are defined in enum smack_label_type:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS :
+Label used as the object label for Smack access checks when a labeled file is accessed.
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_EXEC :
+Label used as the subject label for processes executed from a labeled file by means of
+.BR exec (3)
+functions family.
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_MMAP :
+Label used as the object label for Smack access checks when a labeled file is mmap-ed (see
+.BR mmap (2)).
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE :
+Special purpose label for directories. In contrast with all other label types, this one is of boolean type. If set to true on a directory, all files and directories created in that directory will inherit the directory's
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS
+label. Created subdirectories will also have
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS
+set to true. The described behavior works only if a subject creating those files and directories has "t" (transmute) permission on the directory's
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS
+label.
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_IPIN :
+Valid only for socket file descriptors. Used as the object label for packets incoming from the socket.
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_IPOUT :
+Valid only for socket file descriptors. Used as the Smack label transmitted with outgoing packets.
+.SS "Get functions"
+All of these functions allocate memory for the label contents and assign the pointer to
+.IR label .
+The caller is responsible for freeing the memory.
+.PP
+.BR smack_getlabel ()
+retrieves the label of specified
+.I type
+from the given
+.I path
+in the filesystem.
+.PP
+.BR smack_lgetlabel ()
+is identical to
+.BR smack_getlabel (),
+except in the case of a symbolic link, where the link itself is interrogated, not the file that it refers to.
+.PP
+.BR smack_fgetlabel ()
+is identical to
+.BR smack_getlabel (),
+only the open file pointed to by
+.I fd
+(as returned by
+.BR open(2))
+is interrogated in place of
+.IR path .
+.SS "Set functions"
+These functions work with files and file descriptors in the same way as the get functions described above.
+They set the label to the value passed in
+.I value
+argument. Valid values are:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+NULL or empty string - will cause removal of the label, if any was present on a file.
+.IP \[bu]
+"1" or "0" for the
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE
+label type on a directory will turn transmute on or off.
+.IP \[bu]
+Any string not longer than
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_LEN
+for other label types.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, zero is returned. On failure, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set appropriately.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR smack_have_access (3),
+.BR attr (5),
+.BR open (2).
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\" Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACK_HAVE_ACCESS" "3" "06/20/2012" "Libsmack 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smack_have_access, smack_new_label_from_self, smack_new_label_from_socket \- Userspace interaction with Smack
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/smack.h>
+.sp
+.BI "int smack_have_access(const char *" subject ", const char *" object ", const char *" access ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_new_label_from_self(char **" label ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_set_label_for_self(char **" label ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_new_label_from_socket(int " fd ", char **" label ");"
+.sp
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Smack is a Mandatory Access Control (MAC) based security mechanism for the Linux kernel. It works on the basis of context, which is stored as a label in the extended attributes (xattr) of a file. When a process is started the kernel ensures that this context is assigned to the running process. By default a process can only interact with processes and filesystem objects that have the same context as itself and is denied access to all other contexts. Rules can be created to grant access to other contexts, these are generally created on package installation and can only be modified by a process that has the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+.PP
+As with most actor based models the entity that initiates the interaction is called the
+.I subject
+and the item that is being accessed is called the
+.IR "object" .
+The type of interaction that is being performed is known as the
+.I access
+and is based on the standard filesystem access types "R","W","X" etc. The functions presented here provide a way for a process to determine the Smack context of the the system in which it is running and that of a process that is connected to it over a socket connection.
+.PP
+The function
+.BR smack_have_access ()
+takes a
+.I subject
+context, and the context of the item that it is interacting with, the
+.IR "object" ,
+along with the type of
+.I access
+that is requested. The kernel is queried about the access rules and informs the the caller it that access request is allowed. This method is generally used to allow more fine grained access control to be enforced in userspace processes.
+.PP
+.BR smack_new_label_from_self ()
+determines the context of the current process and creates a new storage for this which it assigns to
+.I label
+to this upon return. It is the responsibility of the caller to free
+.I label
+when it is no longer required.
+.PP
+.BR smack_set_label_for_self ()
+sets the context of the current process to
+.IR label .
+The calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+.PP
+.BR smack_new_label_from_socket ()
+takes the file descriptor,
+.IR "fd" ,
+of the socket and determines it's context and creates a new storage for this which it assigns to
+.I label
+on return. It is the callers responsibility to free
+.I label
+when it is no longer required.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR smack_new_label_from_self ()
+and
+.BR smack_new_label_from_socket ()
+return 0 on success or \-1 on error (in which case,
+.I errno
+is set appropriately).
+
+.BR smack_have_access ()
+returns 1 if allowed, 0 if no access and \-1 on error (in which case,
+.I errno
+is set appropriately).
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_have_access.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_have_access.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_have_access.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKACCESS" "1" "03/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackaccess \- Determine if a rule is permitted by the current Smack policy
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B smackaccess <subject> <object> <access_type>
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B smackaccess
+allows for the caller to test if a process has access to another object and the type of access that is granted.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.IP subject
+The context of the process that will be doing the access request
+.IP object
+The context of the filesystem object or process that is going to be accessed
+.IP access_type
+The type of access that will be requested e.g. "rwaxt", which respectively refer to read, write, append, execute and transmute.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success the result of the test will be printed, 1 indicates that the rule is permitted by the policy and 0 indicates that such an action would fail.
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+On success
+.B smackaccess
+returns 0 and 1 on failure.
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKCIPSO" "8" "07/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackcipso \- Load Smack cipso rules into the kernel
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B smackcipso
+.I <path>
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B smackcipso
+is a tool that can be used to load cipso rules into the kernel. The general use of
+.B smackcipso
+is to read a set of rules from a file, but it also supports the convenience of loading rules from the command line. This process needs to be started with CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability otherwise it will not have sufficient permission to make the changes. Launching
+.B smackcipso
+without a path name will allow you to enter rules on the command line, these take the format "%s%4d%4d[%4d]...\\n"
+.B (subject lvl cnt c1 c2 ...)
+with ^D terminating the session and writing the rules to the kernel.
+.IP path
+The path to the file from which to read the rules
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+On success
+.B smackload
+returns 0 and 1 on failure.
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKCTL" "8" "03/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackctl \- Load and unload the system Smack rules files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B smackctl ['apply'] ['clear'] ['status']
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B smackctl
+is a program to load and unload the Smack context configurations. It is generally called by an init process on startup and shutdown of the system when it is needed to change the Smack rules in the kernel. The Smack system configuration files are all store in see FILES below.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.IP apply
+Apply all the rules found in the configuration directory's
+.IP clear
+Remove all system rules from the kernel
+.IP status
+Show the status of the Smack system, specifically if /smack is mounted
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+On success
+.B smackctl
+returns 0 and 1 on failure.
+.SH FILES
+/smack
+.br
+/etc/smack/acceses.d
+.br
+/etc/smack/cipso.d
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKD" "8" "07/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackd \- Experimental daemon to manage the Smack policy
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR smackd ,
+it is currently not recommended to use this process.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR smackctl (8)
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKLOAD" "8" "03/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackload \- Load and unload Smack rules from the kernel
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B smackload [\-c]
+.I <path>
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B smackload
+is a tool that can be used to load Smack rules into the kernel or to remove rules that have already been loaded. The general use of
+.B smackload
+is to read a set of rules from a file, but it also supports the convenience of loading rules from the command line. This process needs to be started with CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability otherwise it will not have sufficient permission to make the changes. Launching
+.B smackload
+without a path name will allow you to enter rules on the command line, these take the format "%s %s %s\\n"
+.B (subject object access_type)
+with ^D terminating the session and writing the rules to the kernel. The
+.B access_type
+refers to the access modes that are from the set "rwaxt", which refer to read, write, append, execute and transmute access respectively
+.SH OPTIONS
+.IP \-c
+Clear the specified rules from the kernel
+.IP path
+The path to the file from which to read the rules
+
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+On success
+.B smackload
+returns 0 and 1 on failure.
--- /dev/null
+if HAVE_SYSTEMD
+if HAVE_SYSTEMD_NEW
+
+else
+systemdsystemunit_DATA = \
+ smack.mount \
+ smack.service
+endif
+endif
--- /dev/null
+[Unit]
+Description=Smack filesystem mounting
+
+[Mount]
+What=smackfs
+Where=/smack
+Type=smackfs
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2012 Intel Corporation
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, version 2.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301 USA
+#
+# Authors:
+# Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+#
+# Description: Initialize Smack policy
+#
+### BEGIN INIT INFO
+# Provides: smack-utils
+# Required-Start: $remote_fs $local_fs
+# Required-Stop: $remote_fs $local_fs
+# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5
+# Default-Stop: 0 1 6
+# Short-Description: Utility to set up SMACK policy
+# Description: SMACK is a simplified mandatory access control \
+# framework using an the LSM interface of the kernel. \
+# The access control rules are loaded using smackfs \
+# pseudo-filesystem.
+### END INIT INFO
+
+PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin
+
+PROG=smack-utils
+DESC="Simplified MAC Kernel (SMACK)"
+SMACKCTL=/usr/bin/smackctl
+
+# Check kernel whether smack is supported
+[ `grep -c smack /proc/filesystems` -eq 1 ] || exit 0
+
+#
+# Mount smackfs in /smack
+#
+mount_smack() {
+ if [ ! -d /smack ] ; then
+ test -e /smack && rm -f /smack
+ mkdir /smack
+ fi
+ if ! grep -E -qs smackfs /etc/mtab; then
+ mount -t smackfs smackfs /smack > /dev/null 2>&1
+ fi
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+ start)
+ echo -n "Starting $DESC ..."
+ mount_smack
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl apply ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ status)
+ /usr/bin/smackctl status
+ ;;
+ reload|force-reload|restart|try-restart)
+ echo -n "Reloading $DESC ..."
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl clear && /usr/bin/smackctl apply ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ stop)
+ echo -n "Stopping $DESC ..."
+ # umount /smack to make sure "status" reports the correct state
+ # of smack because it only check if smackfs mounted or not.
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl clear && umount /smack ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo $"Usage: $0 {start|stop|reload|force-reload|restart|try-restart|status}"
+ exit 3
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+[Unit]
+Description=Smack
+DefaultDependencies=no
+After=smack.mount local-fs.target
+Requires=smack.mount
+Before=basic.target
+
+[Service]
+Type=oneshot
+ExecStart=/usr/bin/smackctl apply
+ExecStop=/usr/bin/smackctl clear
+RemainAfterExit=yes
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=basic.target
--- /dev/null
+.deps/
+.libs/
+libsmack.la
+libsmack.lo
--- /dev/null
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+AM_MAKEFLAGS = --no-print-directory
+
+AM_CFLAGS = -Wall -Wextra
+
+EXTRA_DIST = libsmack.sym
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libsmack.la
+
+libsmack_la_LDFLAGS = \
+ -version-info 1:0:0 \
+ -Wl,--version-script=$(top_srcdir)/libsmack/libsmack.sym
+libsmack_la_SOURCES = libsmack.c init.c
+
+pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = libsmack.pc
+
+library_includedir=$(includedir)/sys
+library_include_HEADERS=sys/smack.h
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack. Derived from libselinux/src/init.c.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Passion Zhao <passion.zhao@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdio_ext.h>
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#include <sys/vfs.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/*
+ * * smackfs magic number
+ * */
+#define SMACK_MAGIC 0x43415d53 /* "SMAC" */
+
+/* smack file system type */
+#define SMACKFS "smackfs"
+
+#define SMACKFSMNT "/sys/fs/smackfs/"
+#define OLDSMACKFSMNT "/smack"
+
+char *smack_mnt = NULL;
+
+void set_smackmnt(const char *mnt)
+{
+ smack_mnt = strdup(mnt);
+}
+
+/* Verify the mount point for smack file system has a smackfs.
+ * If the file system:
+ * Exist,
+ * Is mounted with an smack file system,
+ * The file system is read/write
+ * then set this as the default file system.
+ */
+static int verify_smackmnt(const char *mnt)
+{
+ struct statfs sfbuf;
+ int rc;
+
+ do {
+ rc = statfs(mnt, &sfbuf);
+ } while (rc < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+ if (rc == 0) {
+ if ((uint32_t)sfbuf.f_type == (uint32_t)SMACK_MAGIC) {
+ struct statvfs vfsbuf;
+ rc = statvfs(mnt, &vfsbuf);
+ if (rc == 0) {
+ if (!(vfsbuf.f_flag & ST_RDONLY)) {
+ set_smackmnt(mnt);
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+int smackfs_exists(void)
+{
+ int exists = 0;
+ FILE *fp = NULL;
+ char *buf = NULL;
+ size_t len;
+ ssize_t num;
+
+ fp = fopen("/proc/filesystems", "r");
+ if (!fp)
+ return 1; /* Fail as if it exists */
+
+ __fsetlocking(fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+ num = getline(&buf, &len, fp);
+ while (num != -1) {
+ if (strstr(buf, SMACKFS)) {
+ exists = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ num = getline(&buf, &len, fp);
+ }
+
+ free(buf);
+ fclose(fp);
+ return exists;
+}
+
+static void init_smackmnt(void)
+{
+ char *buf=NULL, *p;
+ FILE *fp=NULL;
+ size_t len;
+ ssize_t num;
+
+ if (smack_mnt)
+ return;
+
+ if (verify_smackmnt(SMACKFSMNT) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (verify_smackmnt(OLDSMACKFSMNT) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* Drop back to detecting it the long way. */
+ if (!smackfs_exists())
+ goto out;
+
+ /* At this point, the usual spot doesn't have an smackfs so
+ * we look around for it */
+ fp = fopen("/proc/mounts", "r");
+ if (!fp)
+ goto out;
+
+ __fsetlocking(fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+ while ((num = getline(&buf, &len, fp)) != -1) {
+ char *tmp;
+ p = strchr(buf, ' ');
+ if (!p)
+ goto out;
+ p++;
+
+ tmp = strchr(p, ' ');
+ if (!tmp)
+ goto out;
+
+ if (!strncmp(tmp + 1, SMACKFS" ", strlen(SMACKFS)+1)) {
+ *tmp = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we found something, dup it */
+ if (num > 0)
+ verify_smackmnt(p);
+
+ out:
+ free(buf);
+ if (fp)
+ fclose(fp);
+ return;
+}
+
+void fini_smackmnt(void)
+{
+ free(smack_mnt);
+ smack_mnt = NULL;
+}
+
+static void init_lib(void) __attribute__ ((constructor));
+static void init_lib(void)
+{
+ init_smackmnt();
+}
+
+static void fini_lib(void) __attribute__ ((destructor));
+static void fini_lib(void)
+{
+ fini_smackmnt();
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ * Passion Zhao <passion.zhao@intel.com>
+ * Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#include "sys/smack.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/xattr.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define ACC_LEN 6
+#define LOAD_LEN (2 * (SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1) + 2 * ACC_LEN + 1)
+
+#define LEVEL_MAX 255
+#define NUM_LEN 4
+#define BUF_SIZE 512
+#define CAT_MAX_COUNT 240
+#define CAT_MAX_VALUE 63
+#define CIPSO_POS(i) (SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1 + NUM_LEN + NUM_LEN + i * NUM_LEN)
+#define CIPSO_MAX_SIZE CIPSO_POS(CAT_MAX_COUNT)
+#define CIPSO_NUM_LEN_STR "%-4d"
+
+#define KERNEL_LONG_FORMAT "%s %s %s"
+#define KERNEL_SHORT_FORMAT "%-23s %-23s %5.5s"
+#define KERNEL_MODIFY_FORMAT "%s %s %s %s"
+#define READ_BUF_SIZE LOAD_LEN + 1
+#define SELF_LABEL_FILE "/proc/self/attr/current"
+
+extern char *smack_mnt;
+
+typedef int (*getxattr_func)(void*, const char*, void*, size_t);
+typedef int (*setxattr_func)(const void*, const char*, const void*, size_t, int);
+typedef int (*removexattr_func)(void*, const char*);
+
+struct smack_rule {
+ char subject[SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1];
+ char object[SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1];
+ int is_modify;
+ char access_set[ACC_LEN + 1];
+ char access_add[ACC_LEN + 1];
+ char access_del[ACC_LEN + 1];
+ struct smack_rule *next;
+};
+
+struct smack_accesses {
+ struct smack_rule *first;
+ struct smack_rule *last;
+};
+
+struct cipso_mapping {
+ char label[SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1];
+ int cats[CAT_MAX_VALUE];
+ int ncats;
+ int level;
+ struct cipso_mapping *next;
+};
+
+struct smack_cipso {
+ struct cipso_mapping *first;
+ struct cipso_mapping *last;
+};
+
+static int accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *handle, int clear);
+static inline void parse_access_type(const char *in, char out[ACC_LEN + 1]);
+static inline char* get_xattr_name(enum smack_label_type type);
+
+int smack_accesses_new(struct smack_accesses **accesses)
+{
+ struct smack_accesses *result;
+
+ result = calloc(sizeof(struct smack_accesses), 1);
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ *accesses = result;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void smack_accesses_free(struct smack_accesses *handle)
+{
+ if (handle == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ struct smack_rule *rule = handle->first;
+ struct smack_rule *next_rule = NULL;
+
+ while (rule != NULL) {
+ next_rule = rule->next;
+ free(rule);
+ rule = next_rule;
+ }
+
+ free(handle);
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_save(struct smack_accesses *handle, int fd)
+{
+ struct smack_rule *rule = handle->first;
+ FILE *file;
+ int ret;
+ int newfd;
+
+ newfd = dup(fd);
+ if (newfd == -1)
+ return -1;
+
+ file = fdopen(newfd, "w");
+ if (file == NULL) {
+ close(newfd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ while (rule) {
+ if (rule->is_modify) {
+ ret = fprintf(file, "%s %s %s %s\n",
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_add, rule->access_del);
+ } else {
+ ret = fprintf(file, "%s %s %s\n",
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_set);
+ }
+
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ fclose(file);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ rule = rule->next;
+ }
+
+ fclose(file);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *handle)
+{
+ return accesses_apply(handle, 0);
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_clear(struct smack_accesses *handle)
+{
+ return accesses_apply(handle, 1);
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_add(struct smack_accesses *handle, const char *subject,
+ const char *object, const char *access_type)
+{
+ struct smack_rule *rule = NULL;
+
+ rule = calloc(sizeof(struct smack_rule), 1);
+ if (rule == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ strncpy(rule->subject, subject, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ strncpy(rule->object, object, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ parse_access_type(access_type, rule->access_set);
+
+ if (handle->first == NULL) {
+ handle->first = handle->last = rule;
+ } else {
+ handle->last->next = rule;
+ handle->last = rule;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_add_modify(struct smack_accesses *handle, const char *subject,
+ const char *object, const char *access_add, const char *access_del)
+{
+ struct smack_rule *rule = NULL;
+
+ rule = calloc(sizeof(struct smack_rule), 1);
+ if (rule == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ strncpy(rule->subject, subject, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ strncpy(rule->object, object, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ parse_access_type(access_add, rule->access_add);
+ parse_access_type(access_del, rule->access_del);
+ rule->is_modify = 1;
+
+ if (handle->first == NULL) {
+ handle->first = handle->last = rule;
+ } else {
+ handle->last->next = rule;
+ handle->last = rule;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_add_from_file(struct smack_accesses *accesses, int fd)
+{
+ FILE *file = NULL;
+ char buf[READ_BUF_SIZE];
+ char *ptr;
+ const char *subject, *object, *access, *access2;
+ int newfd;
+ int ret;
+
+ newfd = dup(fd);
+ if (newfd == -1)
+ return -1;
+
+ file = fdopen(newfd, "r");
+ if (file == NULL) {
+ close(newfd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ while (fgets(buf, READ_BUF_SIZE, file) != NULL) {
+ if (strcmp(buf, "\n") == 0)
+ continue;
+ subject = strtok_r(buf, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ object = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ access = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ access2 = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+
+ if (subject == NULL || object == NULL || access == NULL ||
+ strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr) != NULL) {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ fclose(file);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (access2 == NULL)
+ ret = smack_accesses_add(accesses, subject, object, access);
+ else
+ ret = smack_accesses_add_modify(accesses, subject, object, access, access2);
+
+ if (ret) {
+ fclose(file);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ferror(file)) {
+ fclose(file);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ fclose(file);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_have_access(const char *subject, const char *object,
+ const char *access_type)
+{
+ char buf[LOAD_LEN + 1];
+ char access_type_k[ACC_LEN + 1];
+ int ret;
+ int fd;
+ int access2 = 1;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/access2", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ if (errno != ENOENT)
+ return -1;
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/access", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+ access2 = 0;
+ }
+
+ parse_access_type(access_type, access_type_k);
+
+ if (access2)
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_LONG_FORMAT,
+ subject, object, access_type_k);
+ else
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_SHORT_FORMAT,
+ subject, object, access_type_k);
+
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ ret = write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ ret = read(fd, buf, 1);
+ close(fd);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ return buf[0] == '1';
+}
+void smack_cipso_free(struct smack_cipso *cipso)
+{
+ if (cipso == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ struct cipso_mapping *mapping = cipso->first;
+ struct cipso_mapping *next_mapping = NULL;
+
+ while (mapping != NULL) {
+ next_mapping = mapping->next;
+ free(mapping);
+ mapping = next_mapping;
+ }
+}
+
+struct smack_cipso *smack_cipso_new(int fd)
+{
+ struct smack_cipso *cipso = NULL;
+ struct cipso_mapping *mapping = NULL;
+ FILE *file = NULL;
+ char buf[BUF_SIZE];
+ char *label, *level, *cat, *ptr;
+ long int val;
+ int i;
+ int newfd;
+
+ newfd = dup(fd);
+ if (newfd == -1)
+ return NULL;
+
+ file = fdopen(newfd, "r");
+ if (file == NULL) {
+ close(newfd);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ cipso = calloc(sizeof(struct smack_cipso ), 1);
+ if (cipso == NULL) {
+ fclose(file);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ while (fgets(buf, BUF_SIZE, file) != NULL) {
+ mapping = calloc(sizeof(struct cipso_mapping), 1);
+ if (mapping == NULL)
+ goto err_out;
+
+ label = strtok_r(buf, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ level = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ cat = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ if (label == NULL || cat == NULL || level == NULL ||
+ strlen(label) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ strcpy(mapping->label, label);
+
+ errno = 0;
+ val = strtol(level, NULL, 10);
+ if (errno)
+ goto err_out;
+
+ if (val < 0 || val > LEVEL_MAX) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ mapping->level = val;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < CAT_MAX_COUNT && cat != NULL; i++) {
+ errno = 0;
+ val = strtol(cat, NULL, 10);
+ if (errno)
+ goto err_out;
+
+ if (val < 0 || val > CAT_MAX_VALUE) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ mapping->cats[i] = val;
+
+ cat = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ }
+
+ mapping->ncats = i;
+
+ if (cipso->first == NULL) {
+ cipso->first = cipso->last = mapping;
+ } else {
+ cipso->last->next = mapping;
+ cipso->last = mapping;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ferror(file))
+ goto err_out;
+
+ fclose(file);
+ return cipso;
+err_out:
+ fclose(file);
+ smack_cipso_free(cipso);
+ free(mapping);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+const char *smack_smackfs_path(void)
+{
+ return smack_mnt;
+}
+
+int smack_cipso_apply(struct smack_cipso *cipso)
+{
+ struct cipso_mapping *m = NULL;
+ char buf[CIPSO_MAX_SIZE];
+ int fd;
+ int i;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+ int offset=0;
+
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/cipso2", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ memset(buf,0,CIPSO_MAX_SIZE);
+ for (m = cipso->first; m != NULL; m = m->next) {
+ snprintf(buf, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1, "%s", m->label);
+ offset += strlen(buf) + 1;
+
+ sprintf(&buf[offset], CIPSO_NUM_LEN_STR, m->level);
+ offset += NUM_LEN;
+
+ sprintf(&buf[offset], CIPSO_NUM_LEN_STR, m->ncats);
+ offset += NUM_LEN;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < m->ncats; i++){
+ sprintf(&buf[offset], CIPSO_NUM_LEN_STR, m->cats[i]);
+ offset += NUM_LEN;
+ }
+
+ if (write(fd, buf, offset) < 0) {
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ close(fd);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_new_label_from_self(char **label)
+{
+ char *result;
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ result = calloc(SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1, 1);
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ fd = open(SELF_LABEL_FILE, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ free(result);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ ret = read(fd, result, SMACK_LABEL_LEN);
+ close(fd);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ free(result);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ *label = result;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_new_label_from_socket(int fd, char **label)
+{
+ char dummy;
+ int ret;
+ socklen_t length = 1;
+ char *result;
+
+ ret = getsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_PEERSEC, &dummy, &length);
+ if (ret < 0 && errno != ERANGE)
+ return -1;
+
+ result = calloc(length + 1, 1);
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = getsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_PEERSEC, result, &length);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ free(result);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ *label = result;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_set_label_for_self(const char *label)
+{
+ int len;
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ len = strnlen(label, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ if (len > SMACK_LABEL_LEN)
+ return -1;
+
+ fd = open(SELF_LABEL_FILE, O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = write(fd, label, len);
+ close(fd);
+
+ return (ret < 0) ? -1 : 0;
+}
+
+int smack_revoke_subject(const char *subject)
+{
+ int ret;
+ int fd;
+ int len;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+
+ len = strnlen(subject, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ if (len > SMACK_LABEL_LEN)
+ return -1;
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/revoke-subject", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = write(fd, subject, len);
+ close(fd);
+
+ return (ret < 0) ? -1 : 0;
+}
+
+static int internal_getlabel(void* file, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type,
+ getxattr_func getfunc)
+{
+ char* xattr_name = get_xattr_name(type);
+ char value[SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1];
+ int ret;
+
+ ret = getfunc(file, xattr_name, value, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ if (ret == -1) {
+ if (errno == ENODATA) {
+ *label = NULL;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ value[ret] = '\0';
+ *label = calloc(ret + 1, 1);
+ if (*label == NULL)
+ return -1;
+ strncpy(*label, value, ret);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int internal_setlabel(void* file, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type,
+ setxattr_func setfunc, removexattr_func removefunc)
+{
+ char* xattr_name = get_xattr_name(type);
+ int ret;
+
+ /* Check validity of labels for LABEL_TRANSMUTE */
+ if (type == SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE && label != NULL) {
+ if (!strcmp(label, "0"))
+ label = NULL;
+ else if (!strcmp(label, "1"))
+ label = "TRUE";
+ else
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (label == NULL || label[0] == '\0') {
+ ret = removefunc(file, xattr_name);
+ if (ret == -1 && errno == ENODATA)
+ return 0;
+ return ret;
+ } else {
+ int len = strnlen(label, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ if (len > SMACK_LABEL_LEN)
+ return -1;
+ return setfunc(file, xattr_name, label, len, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+int smack_getlabel(const char *path, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_getlabel((void*) path, label, type,
+ (getxattr_func) getxattr);
+}
+
+int smack_lgetlabel(const char *path, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_getlabel((void*) path, label, type,
+ (getxattr_func) lgetxattr);
+}
+
+int smack_fgetlabel(int fd, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_getlabel((void*) fd, label, type,
+ (getxattr_func) fgetxattr);
+}
+
+int smack_setlabel(const char *path, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_setlabel((void*) path, label, type,
+ (setxattr_func) setxattr, (removexattr_func) removexattr);
+}
+
+int smack_lsetlabel(const char *path, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_setlabel((void*) path, label, type,
+ (setxattr_func) lsetxattr, (removexattr_func) lremovexattr);
+}
+
+int smack_fsetlabel(int fd, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_setlabel((void*) fd, label, type,
+ (setxattr_func) fsetxattr, (removexattr_func) fremovexattr);
+}
+
+static int accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *handle, int clear)
+{
+ char buf[LOAD_LEN + 1];
+ struct smack_rule *rule;
+ int ret;
+ int fd;
+ int load_fd;
+ int change_fd;
+ int load2 = 1;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/load2", smack_mnt);
+ load_fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ if (load_fd < 0) {
+ if (errno != ENOENT)
+ return -1;
+ /* fallback */
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/load", smack_mnt);
+ load_fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ /* Try to continue if the file doesn't exist, we might not need it. */
+ if (load_fd < 0 && errno != ENOENT)
+ return -1;
+ load2 = 0;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/change-rule", smack_mnt);
+ change_fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ /* Try to continue if the file doesn't exist, we might not need it. */
+ if (change_fd < 0 && errno != ENOENT) {
+ ret = -1;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ for (rule = handle->first; rule != NULL; rule = rule->next) {
+ if (clear) {
+ strcpy(rule->access_set, "-----");
+ rule->is_modify = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (rule->is_modify) {
+ fd = change_fd;
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_MODIFY_FORMAT,
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_add, rule->access_del);
+ } else {
+ fd = load_fd;
+ if (load2)
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_LONG_FORMAT,
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_set);
+ else
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_SHORT_FORMAT,
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_set);
+ }
+
+ if (ret < 0 || fd < 0) {
+ ret = -1;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ ret = write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ ret = -1;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+ }
+ ret = 0;
+
+err_out:
+ if (load_fd >= 0)
+ close(load_fd);
+ if (change_fd >= 0)
+ close(change_fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static inline void parse_access_type(const char *in, char out[ACC_LEN + 1])
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ACC_LEN; ++i)
+ out[i] = '-';
+ out[ACC_LEN] = '\0';
+
+ for (i = 0; in[i] != '\0'; i++)
+ switch (in[i]) {
+ case 'r':
+ case 'R':
+ out[0] = 'r';
+ break;
+ case 'w':
+ case 'W':
+ out[1] = 'w';
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ case 'X':
+ out[2] = 'x';
+ break;
+ case 'a':
+ case 'A':
+ out[3] = 'a';
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ case 'T':
+ out[4] = 't';
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ case 'L':
+ out[5] = 'l';
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline char* get_xattr_name(enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ switch (type) {
+ case SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS:
+ return "security.SMACK64";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_EXEC:
+ return "security.SMACK64EXEC";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_MMAP:
+ return "security.SMACK64MMAP";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE:
+ return "security.SMACK64TRANSMUTE";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_IPIN:
+ return "security.SMACK64IPIN";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_IPOUT:
+ return "security.SMACK64IPOUT";
+ default:
+ /* Should not reach this point */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: @PACKAGE_NAME@
+Description: Smack LSM module userspace library
+Requires:
+Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lsmack
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
--- /dev/null
+LIBSMACK {
+global:
+ smack_accesses_new;
+ smack_accesses_free;
+ smack_accesses_save;
+ smack_accesses_apply;
+ smack_accesses_clear;
+ smack_accesses_add;
+ smack_accesses_add_modify;
+ smack_accesses_add_from_file;
+ smack_have_access;
+ smack_cipso_free;
+ smack_cipso_new;
+ smack_cipso_apply;
+ smack_smackfs_path;
+ smack_new_label_from_self;
+ smack_new_label_from_socket;
+ smack_set_label_for_self;
+ smack_revoke_subject;
+ smack_getlabel;
+ smack_lgetlabel;
+ smack_fgetlabel;
+ smack_setlabel;
+ smack_lsetlabel;
+ smack_fsetlabel;
+local:
+ *;
+};
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ * Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+/*!
+ * Smack user space library
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SYS_SMACK_H
+#define _SYS_SMACK_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/*!
+ * Maximum length of a smack label, excluding terminating null character.
+ */
+#define SMACK_LABEL_LEN 255
+
+enum smack_label_type {
+ SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS,
+ SMACK_LABEL_EXEC,
+ SMACK_LABEL_MMAP,
+ SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE,
+ SMACK_LABEL_IPIN,
+ SMACK_LABEL_IPOUT,
+};
+
+/*!
+ * Handle to a in-memory representation of set of Smack rules.
+ */
+struct smack_accesses;
+
+/*!
+ *
+ */
+struct smack_cipso;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ * Creates a new empty smack_accesses instance.
+ *
+ * @param accesses created instance
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_new(struct smack_accesses **accesses);
+
+/*!
+ * Destroy a struct smack_accesses *instance.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a struct smack_accesses *instance
+ */
+void smack_accesses_free(struct smack_accesses *handle);
+
+/*!
+ * Write access rules to a given file.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rules
+ * @param fd file descriptor
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_save(struct smack_accesses *handle, int fd);
+
+/*!
+ * Write rules to kernel.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rules
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *handle);
+
+/*!
+ * Clear rules from kernel.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rules
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_clear(struct smack_accesses *handle);
+
+/*!
+ * Add new rule to a rule set.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rule set
+ * @param subject subject of the rule
+ * @param object object of the rule
+ * @param access_type access type
+ * @return Returns 0 on success.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_add(struct smack_accesses *handle, const char *subject,
+ const char *object, const char *access_type);
+
+/*!
+ * Add a modification rule to a rule set.
+ * The modification rule will change access permissions for a given subject and
+ * object.
+ * If such rule already existend (in the kernel or earlier in the rule set),
+ * it will be modified. Otherwise a new rule will be created, with permissions
+ * from access_add minus permissions from access_del.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rule set
+ * @param subject subject of the rule
+ * @param object object of the rule
+ * @param access_add access type
+ * @param access_del access type
+ * @return Returns 0 on success.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_add_modify(struct smack_accesses *handle, const char *subject,
+ const char *object, const char *access_add, const char *access_del);
+
+/*!
+ * Add rules from file.
+ *
+ * @param accesses instance
+ * @param fd file descriptor
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_add_from_file(struct smack_accesses *accesses, int fd);
+
+/*!
+ * Check for Smack access.
+ *
+ * @param subject subject of the rule
+ * @param object object of the rule
+ * @param access_type access type
+ * @return 1 if access, 0 if no access and -1 on error.
+ */
+int smack_have_access(const char *subject, const char *object,
+ const char *access_type);
+
+struct smack_cipso *smack_cipso_new(int fd);
+
+void smack_cipso_free(struct smack_cipso *cipso);
+
+int smack_cipso_apply(struct smack_cipso *cipso);
+
+/*!
+ * Get the smackfs directory.
+ */
+const char *smack_smackfs_path(void);
+
+/*!
+ * Get the label that is associated with the callers process.
+ * Caller is responsible of freeing the returned label.
+ *
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_new_label_from_self(char **label);
+
+/*!
+ * Get the label that is associated with a peer on the other end of an
+ * Unix socket (SO_PEERSEC). Caller is responsible of freeing the
+ * returned label.
+ *
+ * @param fd socket file descriptor
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_new_label_from_socket(int fd, char **label);
+
+/*!
+ * Set the label associated with the callers process.
+ * Caller must be run by privileged user to succeed.
+ *
+ * @param label to set
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_set_label_for_self(const char *label);
+
+/*!
+ * Revoke all rules for a subject label.
+ *
+ * @param subject subject to revoke
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_revoke_subject(const char *subject);
+
+/*!
+ * Get SMACK label from file.
+ * On successful call label will be stored on allocated memory.
+ * Caller should take care of freeing that memory later.
+ *
+ * @param path file system path
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_getlabel(const char *path, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Get SMACK label from file. If path points to a symbolic link, the
+ * function will return label of the link instead of file it refers to.
+ * On successful call label will be stored on allocated memory.
+ * Caller should take care of freeing that memory later.
+ *
+ * @param path file system path
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_lgetlabel(const char *path, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Get SMACK label from file descriptor.
+ * On successful call label will be stored on allocated memory.
+ * Caller should take care of freeing that memory later.
+ *
+ * @param fd file descriptor
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_fgetlabel(int fd, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Set SMACK label for file.
+ * On successful call label will be stored on allocated memory.
+ *
+ * @param path file system path
+ * @param label SMACK label to set
+ * if equal to NULL or "", label will be removed
+ * for type SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE valid values are NULL, "", "0" or "1"
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_setlabel(const char *path, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Set SMACK label for file. If path points to a symbolic link, the
+ * function will set label of the link instead of file it refers to.
+ *
+ * @param path file system path
+ * @param label SMACK label to set
+ * if equal to NULL or "", label will be removed
+ * for type SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE valid values are NULL, "", "0" or "1"
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_lsetlabel(const char *path, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Get SMACK label from file descriptor.
+ *
+ * @param fd file descriptor
+ * @param label SMACK label to set
+ * if equal to NULL or "", label will be removed
+ * for type SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE valid values are NULL, "", "0" or "1"
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_fsetlabel(int fd, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // _SYS_SMACK_H
--- /dev/null
+libtool.m4
+ltoptions.m4
+ltsugar.m4
+ltversion.m4
+lt~obsolete.m4
--- /dev/null
+.deps/
+.libs/
+smackaccess
+smackctl
+smackself
+smackcipso
+smackd
+smackload
+chsmack
+*.o
--- /dev/null
+instdir = ${bindir}
+bin_PROGRAMS = smackctl smackaccess smackload smackcipso smackd chsmack
+AM_CPPFLAGS = \
+ -I$(top_srcdir)/libsmack
+
+smackctl_SOURCES = smackctl.c common.c
+smackctl_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+smackaccess_SOURCES = smackaccess.c
+smackaccess_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+smackload_SOURCES = smackload.c common.c
+smackload_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+smackcipso_SOURCES = smackcipso.c common.c
+smackcipso_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+smackd_SOURCES = smackd.c common.c
+smackd_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+chsmack_SOURCES = chsmack.c
+chsmack_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+EXTRA_DIST = common.h
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * chsmack - Set smack attributes on files
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation.
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, version 2.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Author:
+ * Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
+ * Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/smack.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+static inline int leads(char *in, char *lead)
+{
+ return (strncmp(in, lead, strlen(lead)) == 0);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int rc;
+ int argi;
+ int transmute = 0;
+ char *buffer;
+ char *access = NULL;
+ char *mm = NULL;
+ char *execute = NULL;
+
+ for (argi = 1; argi < argc; argi++) {
+ if (strcmp(argv[argi], "-a") == 0)
+ access = argv[++argi];
+ else if (leads(argv[argi], "--access="))
+ access = argv[argi] + strlen("--access=");
+ else if (strcmp(argv[argi], "-e") == 0)
+ execute = argv[++argi];
+ else if (leads(argv[argi], "--exec="))
+ execute = argv[argi] + strlen("--exec=");
+ else if (leads(argv[argi], "--execute="))
+ execute = argv[argi] + strlen("--execute=");
+ else if (strcmp(argv[argi], "-m") == 0)
+ mm = argv[++argi];
+ else if (leads(argv[argi], "--mmap="))
+ mm = argv[argi] + strlen("--mmap=");
+ else if (strcmp(argv[argi], "-t") == 0)
+ transmute = 1;
+ else if (strcmp(argv[argi], "--transmute") == 0)
+ transmute = 1;
+ else if (*argv[argi] == '-') {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Invalid argument \"%s\".\n",
+ argv[argi]);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Indicates the start of filenames.
+ */
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ if (argi >= argc) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "No files specified.\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (access != NULL && strlen(access) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Access label \"%s\" exceeds %d characters.\n",
+ access, SMACK_LABEL_LEN);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (mm != NULL && strlen(mm) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "mmap label \"%s\" exceeds %d characters.\n",
+ mm, SMACK_LABEL_LEN);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (execute != NULL && strlen(execute) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "execute label \"%s\" exceeds %d characters.\n",
+ execute, SMACK_LABEL_LEN);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ for (; argi < argc; argi++) {
+ if (access == NULL && mm == NULL &&
+ execute == NULL && !transmute) {
+ printf("%s", argv[argi]);
+ rc = smack_lgetlabel(argv[argi], &buffer, SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS);
+ if (rc == 0 && buffer != NULL) {
+ printf(" access=\"%s\"", buffer);
+ free(buffer);
+ }
+ rc = smack_lgetlabel(argv[argi], &buffer, SMACK_LABEL_EXEC);
+ if (rc == 0 && buffer != NULL) {
+ printf(" execute=\"%s\"", buffer);
+ free(buffer);
+ }
+ rc = smack_lgetlabel(argv[argi], &buffer, SMACK_LABEL_MMAP);
+ if (rc == 0 && buffer != NULL) {
+ printf(" mmap=\"%s\"", buffer);
+ free(buffer);
+ }
+ rc = smack_lgetlabel(argv[argi], &buffer, SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE);
+ if (rc == 0 && buffer != NULL) {
+ printf(" transmute=\"%s\"", buffer);
+ free(buffer);
+ }
+ printf("\n");
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (access != NULL) {
+ rc = smack_lsetlabel(argv[argi], access, SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS);
+ if (rc < 0)
+ perror(argv[argi]);
+ }
+ if (execute != NULL) {
+ rc = smack_lsetlabel(argv[argi], execute, SMACK_LABEL_EXEC);
+ if (rc < 0)
+ perror(argv[argi]);
+ }
+ if (mm != NULL) {
+ rc = smack_lsetlabel(argv[argi], mm, SMACK_LABEL_MMAP);
+ if (rc < 0)
+ perror(argv[argi]);
+ }
+ if (transmute) {
+ rc = smack_lsetlabel(argv[argi], "1", SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE);
+ if (rc < 0)
+ perror(argv[argi]);
+ }
+ }
+ exit(0);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/vfs.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/smack.h>
+#include <ftw.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define SMACK_MAGIC 0x43415d53
+
+static int apply_rules_cb(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf);
+static int apply_cipso_cb(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf);
+
+int is_smackfs_mounted(void)
+{
+ struct statfs sfs;
+ int ret;
+ const char * smack_mnt;
+
+ smack_mnt = smack_smackfs_path();
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ do {
+ ret = statfs(smack_mnt, &sfs);
+ } while (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+ if (ret)
+ return -1;
+
+ if (sfs.f_type == SMACK_MAGIC)
+ return 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int clear(void)
+{
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+ const char * smack_mnt;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+
+ smack_mnt = smack_smackfs_path();
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (is_smackfs_mounted() != 1)
+ return -1;
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/load2", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_rules_file(fd, 1);
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int apply_rules(const char *path, int clear)
+{
+ struct stat sbuf;
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ if (stat(path, &sbuf))
+ return -1;
+
+ if (S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode))
+ return nftw(path, apply_rules_cb, 1, FTW_PHYS|FTW_ACTIONRETVAL);
+
+ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_rules_file(fd, clear);
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int apply_cipso(const char *path)
+{
+ struct stat sbuf;
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ if (stat(path, &sbuf))
+ return -1;
+
+ if (S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode))
+ return nftw(path, apply_cipso_cb, 1, FTW_PHYS|FTW_ACTIONRETVAL);
+
+ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_cipso_file(fd);
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int apply_rules_file(int fd, int clear)
+{
+ struct smack_accesses *rules = NULL;
+ int ret = 0;
+
+ if (smack_accesses_new(&rules))
+ return -1;
+
+ if (smack_accesses_add_from_file(rules, fd)) {
+ smack_accesses_free(rules);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (!clear)
+ ret = smack_accesses_apply(rules);
+ else
+ ret = smack_accesses_clear(rules);
+
+ smack_accesses_free(rules);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int apply_cipso_file(int fd)
+{
+ struct smack_cipso *cipso = NULL;
+ int ret;
+
+ cipso = smack_cipso_new(fd);
+ if (cipso == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = smack_cipso_apply(cipso);
+ smack_cipso_free(cipso);
+ if (ret)
+ return -1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int apply_rules_cb(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf)
+{
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ if (typeflag == FTW_D)
+ return ftwbuf->level ? FTW_SKIP_SUBTREE : FTW_CONTINUE;
+ else if (typeflag != FTW_F)
+ return FTW_STOP;
+
+ fd = open(fpath, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_rules_file(fd, 0) ? FTW_STOP : FTW_CONTINUE;
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static int apply_cipso_cb(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf)
+{
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ if (typeflag == FTW_D)
+ return ftwbuf->level ? FTW_SKIP_SUBTREE : FTW_CONTINUE;
+ else if (typeflag != FTW_F)
+ return FTW_STOP;
+
+ fd = open(fpath, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_rules_file(fd, 0) ? FTW_STOP : FTW_CONTINUE;
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef COMMON_H
+#define COMMON_H
+
+#define ACCESSES_D_PATH "/etc/smack/accesses.d"
+#define CIPSO_D_PATH "/etc/smack/cipso.d"
+
+int clear(void);
+int is_smackfs_mounted(void);
+int apply_rules(const char *path, int clear);
+int apply_cipso(const char *path);
+int apply_rules_file(int fd, int clear);
+int apply_cipso_file(int fd);
+
+#endif // COMMON_H
--- /dev/null
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include <sys/smack.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int ret;
+
+ if (argc < 4) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <subject> <object> <access>\n", argv[0]);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ ret = smack_have_access(argv[1], argv[2], argv[3]);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ perror("smack_have_access");
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ printf("%d\n", ret);
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ if (is_smackfs_mounted() != 1) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "SmackFS is not mounted.\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ if (argc > 2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <path>\n", argv[0]);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ if (argc == 1) {
+ if (apply_cipso_file(STDIN_FILENO)) {
+ perror("apply_cipso_file");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (apply_cipso(argv[1])) {
+ perror("apply_cipso");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ exit(0);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static int apply_all(void)
+{
+ if (is_smackfs_mounted() != 1) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: SmackFS is not mounted.\n");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (clear())
+ return -1;
+
+ if (apply_rules(ACCESSES_D_PATH, 0))
+ perror("apply_rules");
+
+ if (apply_cipso(CIPSO_D_PATH))
+ perror("apply_cipso");
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int status(void)
+{
+ int ret = is_smackfs_mounted();
+
+ switch (ret) {
+ case 1:
+ printf("SmackFS is mounted.\n");
+ return 0;
+ case 0:
+ printf("SmackFS is not mounted.\n");
+ return 0;
+ default:
+ return -1;
+ }
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ if (argc < 2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <action>\n", argv[0]);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (!strcmp(argv[1], "apply")) {
+ if (apply_all())
+ return 1;
+ } else if (!strcmp(argv[1], "clear")) {
+ if (clear())
+ return 1;
+ } else if (!strcmp(argv[1], "status")) {
+ if (status())
+ return 1;
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Uknown action: %s\n", argv[1]);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/inotify.h>
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#define PID_FILE "/var/run/smackd.pid"
+#define BUF_SIZE (4 * (sizeof(struct inotify_event) + NAME_MAX + 1))
+
+#define ACCESS_FD 0
+#define CIPSO_FD 1
+
+int notify_handles[2];
+static volatile sig_atomic_t terminate = 0;
+static volatile sig_atomic_t restart = 0;
+
+enum mask_action {
+ CREATE,
+ MODIFY,
+ DELETE
+};
+
+static void clear_all_rules()
+{
+ if (clear() == -1)
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to clear all rules");
+}
+
+static void load_all_rules()
+{
+ if (apply_rules(ACCESSES_D_PATH, 0))
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Failed to load all rules");
+}
+
+static void signal_handler(int sig)
+{
+ switch (sig) {
+ case SIGTERM:
+ terminate = 1;
+ break;
+ case SIGHUP:
+ restart = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Unrequested signal : %d", sig);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int lockPidFile()
+{
+ int fd;
+ struct flock lock;
+ char buf[BUF_SIZE];
+
+ fd = open(PID_FILE, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_CLOEXEC,
+ S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to open (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ lock.l_len = 0;
+ lock.l_start = 0;
+ lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+
+ if (fcntl(fd, F_SETLK, &lock) < 0) {
+ if (errno == EACCES || errno == EAGAIN) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Daemon is already running (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+ }
+ else
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Could not lock PID_FILE (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (ftruncate(fd, 0) < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Could not truncate PID_FILE (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(buf, BUF_SIZE, "%ld\n", (long)getpid());
+ if (write(fd, buf, strlen(buf)) != strlen(buf)) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Could not write to PID_FILE (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return fd;
+}
+
+static int daemonize()
+{
+ int maxfd, fd;
+
+ switch (fork()) {
+ case -1:
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to fork : %m");
+ return -1;
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ default:
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ if (setsid() < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ //do not regain a terminal
+ switch (fork()) {
+ case -1:
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to fork (2) : %m");
+ return -1;
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ default:
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ umask(0);
+
+ if (chdir("/") < 0)
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to chdir '/' : %m");
+
+ maxfd = sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX);
+ maxfd = maxfd != -1 ? maxfd : 4096;
+
+ for (fd = 0; fd < maxfd; fd++)
+ close(fd);
+
+ if (!freopen("/dev/null", "r", stdin))
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Failed to reopen stdin : %m");
+ if(!freopen("/dev/null", "w", stdout))
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Failed to reopen stout : %m");
+ if(!freopen("/dev/null", "w", stderr))
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Failed to reopen sterr : %m");
+
+ return lockPidFile();
+}
+
+static int configure_inotify()
+{
+ int inotifyFd, fd;
+
+ inotifyFd = inotify_init();
+ if (inotifyFd < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to init inotify : %m");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ fd = inotify_add_watch(inotifyFd, ACCESSES_D_PATH,
+ IN_DELETE | IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_MOVE);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to inotify_add_watch (%s) : %m",
+ ACCESSES_D_PATH);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ notify_handles[ACCESS_FD] = fd;
+
+ fd = inotify_add_watch(inotifyFd, CIPSO_D_PATH,
+ IN_DELETE | IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_MOVE);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to inotify_add_watch (%s) : %m",
+ CIPSO_D_PATH);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ notify_handles[CIPSO_FD] = fd;
+
+ return inotifyFd;
+}
+
+static void modify_access_rules(char *file, enum mask_action action)
+{
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+ int ret;
+
+ sprintf(path,"%s/%s", ACCESSES_D_PATH, file);
+
+ if (action == CREATE)
+ ret = apply_rules(path, 0);
+ else if (action == MODIFY) {
+ ret = apply_rules(path, 1);
+ ret = apply_rules(path, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (ret)
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed load access rules (%s), action (%d) :%m",
+ path, action);
+}
+
+static void modify_cipso_rules(char *file)
+{
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+ sprintf(path,"%s/%s", CIPSO_D_PATH, file);
+
+ if (apply_cipso(path))
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to load cipso rules (%s) : %m", path);
+}
+
+static int handle_inotify_event(int inotifyFd)
+{
+ struct inotify_event *event;
+ char buf[BUF_SIZE];
+ ssize_t num_read;
+ char *head;
+ enum mask_action action;
+ int del = 0;
+ int size = sizeof(struct inotify_event);
+
+ num_read = read(inotifyFd, buf, BUF_SIZE);
+ if (num_read <= 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Error reading inotify event : %m");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ for (head = buf; head < buf + num_read; head += size + event->len) {
+ event = (struct inotify_event *) head;
+
+ if (event->mask & IN_MOVED_TO)
+ action = CREATE;
+ else if (event->mask & IN_CLOSE_WRITE)
+ action = MODIFY;
+ else if (event->mask & IN_DELETE || event->mask & IN_MOVED_FROM) {
+ del = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (event->wd == notify_handles[ACCESS_FD])
+ modify_access_rules(event->name, action);
+ else if (event->wd == notify_handles[CIPSO_FD])
+ modify_cipso_rules(event->name);
+ }
+
+ if (del) {
+ //at least one file was removed so we should reparse the rules
+ clear_all_rules();
+ load_all_rules();
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int monitor(int inotifyFd)
+{
+ fd_set readSet;
+ FD_ZERO(&readSet);
+ FD_SET(inotifyFd, &readSet);
+
+ return select(inotifyFd + 1, &readSet, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ struct sigaction sa;
+ int inotify_fd;
+ int ret;
+ int pid_fd;
+
+ sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
+ sa.sa_handler = signal_handler;
+ sa.sa_flags = SA_RESTART;
+
+ if (sigaction(SIGHUP, &sa, NULL) < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "failed to listen for signal SIGHUP : %m");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (sigaction(SIGTERM, &sa, NULL) < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "failed to listen for signal SIGTERM : %m");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ pid_fd = daemonize();
+ if (pid_fd < 0)
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+
+ clear_all_rules();
+ load_all_rules();
+
+ inotify_fd = configure_inotify();
+
+ while (inotify_fd >= 0 && !terminate && !restart) {
+ ret = monitor(inotify_fd);
+ if (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (ret < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to monitor properly : %m");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ret = handle_inotify_event(inotify_fd);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ close(pid_fd);
+ remove(PID_FILE);
+
+ if (restart && execv(argv[0], argv))
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to restart : %m");
+
+ clear_all_rules();
+
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Finished %s", argv[0]);
+ exit(terminate == 1 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+static void usage(const char *bin)
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-c] <path>\n", bin);
+ exit(1);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int clear = 0;
+ int c;
+
+ if (is_smackfs_mounted() != 1) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "SmackFS is not mounted.\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "c")) != -1) {
+ switch (c) {
+ case 'c':
+ clear = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ usage(argv[0]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (optind == argc) {
+ if (apply_rules_file(STDIN_FILENO, clear)) {
+ perror("apply_rules_file");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (apply_rules(argv[optind], clear)) {
+ perror("apply_rules");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ exit(0);
+}
--- /dev/null
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+aclocal.m4
+autom4te.cache/
+build-aux/
+config.log
+config.status
+configure
+libsmack.pc
+libtool
+
--- /dev/null
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 ${ACLOCAL_FLAGS}
+AM_MAKEFLAGS = --no-print-directory
+
+DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = \
+ --with-systemdsystemunitdir=$$dc_install_base/$(systemdsystemunitdir)
+
+SUBDIRS = libsmack utils doc init
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh -e
+
+autoreconf --install --symlink
+./configure --prefix="/usr" $@
--- /dev/null
+AC_PREREQ(2.60)
+AC_INIT([libsmack],
+ [1.0],
+ [jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com],
+ [libsmack],
+ [https://github.com/smack-team/smack])
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([libsmack/libsmack.c])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([-Wall -Werror dist-bzip2 foreign])
+AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
+AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
+m4_ifdef([AM_PROG_AR], [AM_PROG_AR])
+LT_INIT([disable-static])
+AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT([/usr])
+
+AC_CHECK_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen], [doxygen], [])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for doxygen])
+if test ! -z "$DOXYGEN"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_DOXYGEN],[test ! -z "$DOXYGEN"], [Build API documentation.])
+AC_SUBST([DOXYGEN], [$DOXYGEN])
+
+# systemd
+systemd_new=no
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES([SYSTEMD],
+ systemd >= 198,
+ [systemd_new=yes],
+ [systemd_new=no])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([systemdsystemunitdir],
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-systemdsystemunitdir=DIR], [Directory for systemd service files]),
+ [],
+ [with_systemdsystemunitdir=$(pkg-config --silence-errors --variable=systemdsystemunitdir systemd)])
+AC_SUBST([systemdsystemunitdir], [$with_systemdsystemunitdir])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_SYSTEMD, [test -n "$with_systemdsystemunitdir"])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_SYSTEMD_NEW, [test "$systemd_new" = "yes"])
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile libsmack/Makefile libsmack/libsmack.pc utils/Makefile utils/smackload-fast/Makefile doc/Makefile init/Makefile])
+
+AC_OUTPUT
--- /dev/null
+smack (1.0slp2+s14) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Rafal Krypa ]
+ * smackload-fast:
+ - revert untracked changes to original source.
+ - add support for legacy kernel with no multi-line support.
+ - sanitize struct rule definition and usage.
+
+ [ Jan Cybulski ]
+ * Change smack.service to use smackload-fast.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Wed, 04 Dec 2013 17:24:32 +0100
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s13) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Prevent potentially unterminated buffers while adding rule to the list
+ * Add util smackloadfast
+ * Fix parse error messages in smackloadfast.
+ * Fix parsing bug in smackloadfast util.
+ * Add automake generation for smackloadfast
+ * Elimination of floor (_) labeled executables
+
+ -- Krzysztof Jackiewicz <k.jackiewicz@samsung.com> Thu, 28 Nov 2013 16:15:45 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s12) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Fix symlink creation on smack-utils install.
+ * libsmack: add support for new access mode for setting locks ("l")
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Tue, 13 Aug 2013 17:57:31 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s11-4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * remove rc.d scripts
+
+ -- Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> Mon, 27 May 2013 14:43:26 +0900
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s11-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * fix systemd service file
+
+ -- Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> Tue, 14 May 2013 14:03:02 +0900
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s11-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * fix %post
+
+ -- Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> Mon, 6 May 2013 17:57:34 +0900
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s11-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * fix directory installation problem
+ * fix %post bug
+
+ -- Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> Fri, 3 May 2013 19:59:41 +0900
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s11) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Passion Zhao ]
+ * fix smackcipso can't set CIPSO correctly
+
+ [ Nathaniel Chen ]
+ * disable services for new systemd versions
+
+ -- Krzysztof Jackiewicz <k.jackiewicz@samsung.com> Thu, 25 Apr 2013 11:53:54 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s10) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Rafal Krypa ]
+ * libsmack: check label length in smack_revoke_subject().
+ * Merge changes from upstream repository.
+
+ [ Jarkko Sakkinen ]
+ * libsmack: fallback to short labels.
+ * Declare smack_mnt as non-static in init.c.
+ * Removed dso.h.
+
+ [ Auke Kok ]
+ * smack.service: provide [Install] section in systemd unit file.
+ * smack.mount: "WantedBy" is illegal in [Unit] context.
+
+ [ Passion Zhao ]
+ * Move cipso_free,cipso_new,cipso_apply from utils/common.c to libsmack/libsmack.c.
+ * Add support for smackfs directory: /sys/fs/smackfs/
+
+ [ Patrick McCarty ]
+ * Run AM_PROG_AR to fix build with newer automake.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Mon, 18 Feb 2013 18:55:29 +0100
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s9) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Jacek Migacz ]
+ * Add systemd support scripts.
+
+ [ Chengwei Yang ]
+ * Polish init script.
+
+ [ Wonguk Jeong ]
+ * execute init script between local-fs.target and basic.target.
+
+ [ Rafal Krypa ]
+ * libsmack: try not to fail if accesses_apply cannot access some kernel interface.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Thu, 07 Feb 2013 12:16:05 +0100
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s8) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * libsmack: fix access type parsing.
+ * libsmack: fix label removal.
+ * Don't fail when removing label from file, that doesn't have it.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Tue, 05 Feb 2013 14:51:35 +0100
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s7) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * change initialization script order.
+
+ -- Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> Mon, 26 Nov 2012 20:17:59 +0900
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s6) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ [ Bumjin Im ]
+ * Modified typo access.d --> accesses.d
+
+ [ Rafal Krypa ]
+ * packaging: fix location of symlinks to smack-utils init script.
+ * Merge with upstream.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Mon, 17 Sep 2012 10:40:12 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s5) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Rebuild, no source changes.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Wed, 01 Aug 2012 12:04:22 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Rebuild, no source changes.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Thu, 30 Jul 2012 11:43:03 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Rebuilding the package in OBS. No source changes has been made.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Thu, 19 Jul 2012 15:17:03 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Merge with upstream master branch.
+ * Fix inconsistent init script names.
+ * Install missing manual page links for library functions.
+ * libsmack: add API for revoking all rules for a subject label.
+ * libsmack: add support for modification rules.
+ * libsmack: add function for setting current process label.
+ * Move definition of max label length to a single place and export it in libsmack header file.
+ * debian: fix paths to upstream repositories.
+ * Fix three compilation warnings.
+ * libsmack: add functions for getting and setting labels from files.
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Wed, 11 Jul 2012 14:36:56 +0200
+
+smack (1.0slp2+s1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * debian: set myself as Tizen package maintainer.
+ * debian: move configuration directories to /opt/etc, as in Tizen directory structure.
+ * debian: symlink the init script to proper init directories for Tizen.
+ * debian: rename libsmack to libsmack1 according to Debian policy.
+
+ * Git: slp/pkgs/s/smack
+ * Tag: smack_1.0slp2+s1
+
+ -- Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> Mon, 07 May 2012 19:27:23 +0200
+
+smack (1.0) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Initial package release for debian
+
+ -- Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com> Wed, 25 Apr 2012 11:00:09 +0900
--- /dev/null
+Source: smack
+Section: admin
+Priority: optional
+X-Original-Maintainer: Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+Maintainer: Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 8),
+ pkg-config, autoconf,
+ libtool, dh-autoreconf
+Standards-Version: 3.9.3
+Vcs-Git: git://github.com/smack-team/smack.git
+Vcs-Browser: https://github.com/smack-team/smack
+
+Package: libsmack1
+Section: libs
+Architecture: linux-any
+Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}
+Provides: libsmack
+Conflicts: libsmack
+Replaces: libsmack
+Description: Shared libraries for interaction with SMACK
+ Library allows applications to work with the smack kernel interface.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
+
+Package: libsmack1-dbg
+Section: debug
+Priority: extra
+Architecture: linux-any
+Depends: ${misc:Depends}, libsmack1 (= ${binary:Version})
+Provides: libsmack-dbg
+Replaces: libsmack-dbg
+Conflicts: libsmack-dbg
+Description: Debug symbols for shared libraries in libsmack1
+ Library for SMACK which allows applications to work with the smack
+ kernel interface. This package contains standard debug symbols.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
+
+Package: libsmack-dev
+Section: libdevel
+Architecture: linux-any
+Depends: ${misc:Depends}, libsmack1 (= ${binary:Version})
+Description: Development headers of shared libraries in libsmack1
+ Library for SMACK which allows applications to work with the smack
+ kernel interface. This package includes development header files.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
+
+Package: smack-utils
+Architecture: any
+Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}, libsmack1 (= ${binary:Version})
+Description: Administration tools for using SMACK
+ A selection of administration tools for using the smack kernel
+ interface. This package includes some tools and the init script
+ for loading and unloading rules and query the policy.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
+
+Package: smack-utils-dbg
+Section: debug
+Priority: extra
+Architecture: linux-any
+Depends: ${misc:Depends}, smack-utils (= ${binary:Version})
+Description: Debug symbols for administration tools in smack-utils
+ A selection of administration tools for using the smack kernel
+ interface. This package includes a standard set of debug symbols.
+ .
+ The Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel (SMACK) provides a
+ complete Linux kernel based mechanism for protecting processes and
+ data from inappropriate manipulation. Smack uses process, file, and
+ network labels combined with an easy to understand and manipulate
+ way to identify the kind of accesses that should be allowed.
--- /dev/null
+Format: http://www.debian.org/doc/packaging-manuals/copyright-format/1.0/
+Upstream-Name: smack
+Upstream-Contact: Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+Source: https://github.com/smack-team/smack
+
+Files: *
+Copyright: 2011-2012 Intel Corperation
+License: LGPL-2.1
+ This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ .
+ This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ .
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ along with this package. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ .
+ On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License can be found in "/usr/share/common-licenses/LGPL-2.1".
--- /dev/null
+usr/include/sys/*.h
+usr/lib/libsmack.so
+usr/lib/pkgconfig/*
--- /dev/null
+doc/smack_have_access.3
+doc/smack_accesses_add.3
+doc/smack_accesses_add_from_file.3
+doc/smack_accesses_apply.3
+doc/smack_accesses_clear.3
+doc/smack_accesses_free.3
+doc/smack_accesses_new.3
+doc/smack_accesses_save.3
+doc/smack_new_label_from_self.3
+doc/smack_new_label_from_socket.3
--- /dev/null
+usr/lib/libsmack.so.*
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# postinst script for libsmack1
+#
+# see: dh_installdeb(1)
+
+set -e
+
+case "$1" in
+ configure|abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure)
+ test ! -d /smack && mkdir /smack
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
+# generated by other debhelper scripts.
+
+#DEBHELPER#
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# postrm script for libsmack1
+#
+# see: dh_installdeb(1)
+
+set -e
+
+case "$1" in
+ purge|abort-install|remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-upgrade|disappear)
+ if [ -d /smack ] ; then
+ if mountpoint -q "/smack" ; then
+ umount /smack
+ fi
+ rm -rf /smack
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
+# generated by other debhelper scripts.
+
+#DEBHELPER#
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+libsmack.so.1 libsmack1 #MINVER#
+ LIBSMACK@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_add@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_add_from_file@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_apply@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_clear@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_free@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_new@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_save@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_have_access@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_new_label_from_self@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_new_label_from_socket@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_revoke_subject@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_accesses_add_modify@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_set_label_for_self@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_getlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_lgetlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_fgetlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_setlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_lsetlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
+ smack_fsetlabel@LIBSMACK 1.0
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/make -f
+# -*- makefile -*-
+
+# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode.
+#export DH_VERBOSE=1
+
+%:
+ dh $@ --with autoreconf
+
+override_dh_strip:
+ dh_strip -plibsmack1 --dbg-package=libsmack1-dbg
+ dh_strip -psmack-utils --dbg-package=smack-utils-dbg
+
+.PHONY: override_dh_strip
--- /dev/null
+opt/etc/smack/accesses.d
+opt/etc/smack/cipso.d
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2012 Intel Corporation
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, version 2.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301 USA
+#
+# Authors:
+# Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+#
+# Description: Initialize Smack policy
+#
+### BEGIN INIT INFO
+# Provides: smack-utils
+# Required-Start: $remote_fs $local_fs
+# Required-Stop: $remote_fs $local_fs
+# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5
+# Default-Stop: 0 1 6
+# Short-Description: Utility to set up SMACK policy
+# Description: SMACK is a simplified mandatory access control \
+# framework using an the LSM interface of the kernel. \
+# The access control rules are loaded using smackfs \
+# pseudo-filesystem.
+### END INIT INFO
+
+PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin
+
+PROG=smack-utils
+DESC="Simplified MAC Kernel (SMACK)"
+SMACKCTL=/usr/bin/smackctl
+
+# Check kernel whether smack is supported
+[ `grep -c smack /proc/filesystems` -eq 1 ] || exit 0
+
+#
+# Mount smackfs in /smack
+#
+mount_smack() {
+ if [ ! -d /smack ] ; then
+ test -e /smack && rm -f /smack
+ mkdir /smack
+ fi
+ if ! grep -E -qs smackfs /etc/mtab; then
+ mount -t smackfs smackfs /smack > /dev/null 2>&1
+ fi
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+ start)
+ echo -n "Starting $DESC ..."
+ mount_smack
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl apply ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ status)
+ /usr/bin/smackctl status
+ ;;
+ reload|force-reload|restart|try-restart)
+ echo -n "Reloading $DESC ..."
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl clear && /usr/bin/smackctl apply ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ stop)
+ echo -n "Stopping $DESC ..."
+ # umount /smack to make sure "status" reports the correct state
+ # of smack because it only check if smackfs mounted or not.
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl clear && umount /smack ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo $"Usage: $0 {start|stop|reload|force-reload|restart|try-restart|status}"
+ exit 3
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+/opt/etc/smack /etc/smack
+/etc/init.d/smack-utils /etc/rc.d/rc3.d/S01smack
+/etc/init.d/smack-utils /etc/rc.d/rc4.d/S01smack
--- /dev/null
+doc/chsmack.8
+doc/smackaccess.1
+doc/smackctl.8
+doc/smackload.8
+doc/smackcipso.8
+doc/smackd.8
--- /dev/null
+3.0 (native)
--- /dev/null
+doxygen.stamp
+html/
+libsmack-doxygen*.tar.gz
--- /dev/null
+# Doxyfile 1.8.1.2
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
+# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
+# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
+# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
+# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = $(PROJECT)-$(VERSION)
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
+# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
+# if some version control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
+# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
+# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
+# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
+# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
+# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
+# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = .
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
+# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
+# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
+# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
+# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
+# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
+# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
+# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
+# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
+# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
+# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak,
+# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
+# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
+# Set to NO to disable this.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
+# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
+# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
+# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
+# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
+# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
+# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
+# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
+# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
+# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
+# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF =
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
+# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
+# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
+# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
+# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
+# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
+# path to strip.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH = .
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
+# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
+# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
+# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
+# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
+# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = .
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
+# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
+# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
+# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
+# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
+# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
+# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
+# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
+# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
+# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
+# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
+# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
+# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
+# re-implements.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
+# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
+# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
+# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 8
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
+# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
+# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
+# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
+# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
+# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
+# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
+# itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
+# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
+# of all members will be omitted, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
+# scopes will look different, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Fortran.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
+# VHDL.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
+# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this
+# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language
+# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C,
+# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make
+# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C
+# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions
+# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
+# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
+# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
+# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
+# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
+# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
+# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
+# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
+# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
+# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the
+# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
+# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
+# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
+# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
+# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
+# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
+# the \nosubgrouping command.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
+# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
+# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
+# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
+# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation
+# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group
+# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default),
+# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man
+# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
+# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
+# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
+# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
+# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
+# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
+# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
+# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
+# causing a significant performance penalty.
+# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
+# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
+# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the
+# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
+# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
+# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
+
+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be
+# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given
+# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the
+# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of
+# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower.
+# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this
+# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
+# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
+# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
+# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
+# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
+# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
+# the interface are included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
+# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
+# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
+# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
+# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
+# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
+# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
+# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
+# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
+# documentation.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
+# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
+# function's detailed documentation block.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
+# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
+# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
+# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
+# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
+# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
+# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
+# of that file.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
+# rather than with sharp brackets.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
+# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
+# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
+# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
+# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
+# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
+# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
+# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
+# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
+# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
+# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
+# the group names will appear in their defined order.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
+# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
+# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
+# not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
+# alphabetical list.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
+# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
+# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
+# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
+# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
+# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
+# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
+# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
+# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
+# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
+# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
+# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
+# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
+# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
+# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
+# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
+# Namespaces page.
+# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
+# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
+# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
+# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
+# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
+# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
+# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
+# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
+# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
+# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
+# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
+# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
+# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
+# NO is used.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
+# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
+# automatically be disabled.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
+# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
+# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
+# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
+# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
+# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
+# documentation.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
+# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
+# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
+# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
+# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
+# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
+# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
+# to stderr.
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
+# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
+# with spaces.
+
+INPUT = ../$(SRCDIR)/libsmack/sys/smack.h
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
+# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
+# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
+# the list of possible encodings.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank the following patterns are tested:
+# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
+# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
+# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.c \
+ *.h
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
+# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
+# If left blank NO is used.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
+# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
+# for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
+# the \include command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH = $(SRCDIR)
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank all files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
+# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
+# the \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
+# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
+# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
+# to standard output.
+# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
+# ignored.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis.
+# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match.
+# The filters are a list of the form:
+# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
+# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
+# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
+# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
+# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
+# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
+# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
+# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
+# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
+# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
+# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
+# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented
+# functions referencing it will be listed.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented entities
+# called/used by that function will be listed.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
+# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
+# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
+# link to the source code.
+# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
+# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
+# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
+# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
+# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
+# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
+# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
+# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
+
+# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
+# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
+# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
+# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
+# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
+# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate HTML output.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = $(GENERATE_HTML)
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
+# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
+# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
+# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
+# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
+# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
+# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
+# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
+# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
+# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
+# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
+# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
+# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
+# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
+# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
+# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
+# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
+# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
+# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
+# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
+# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
+# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
+# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
+# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
+# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
+# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
+# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
+# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
+# and 100 does not change the gamma.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
+# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of
+# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user
+# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand
+# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are
+# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount).
+# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by
+# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries
+# and will result in a full expanded tree by default.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
+# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
+# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
+# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
+# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
+# it at startup.
+# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
+# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
+# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
+# can be grouped.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
+# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
+# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
+# will append .docset to the name.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
+# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
+# of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = $(GENERATE_CHM)
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
+# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+
+CHM_FILE = ../$(PROJECT).chm
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
+# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
+# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+
+HHC_LOCATION = $(HHC_PATH)
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
+# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
+# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+
+GENERATE_CHI = $(GENERATE_CHI)
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
+# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
+# content.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
+# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
+# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
+# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
+# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
+# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
+# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE =
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
+# add. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
+# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's
+# filter section matches.
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
+# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
+# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
+# .qhp file.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
+# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
+# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
+# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
+# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
+# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
+# the help appears.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
+# this name.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
+# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
+# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
+# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
+# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
+# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
+# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
+# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
+# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
+# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
+# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
+# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
+# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
+# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
+# values from appearing in the overview section.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
+# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
+# is shown.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
+# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
+# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
+# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
+# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
+# to force them to be regenerated.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
+# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
+# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
+# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
+# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
+# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
+# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
+# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
+# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
+# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
+# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
+# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
+# installing MathJax.
+# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
+# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
+# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
+# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
+# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
+# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
+# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
+# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
+# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client
+# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
+# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server
+# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows
+# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup
+# and does not have live searching capabilities.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate Latex output.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
+# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
+# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
+# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
+# default command name.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
+# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
+# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = $(PAPER_SIZE)
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
+# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
+# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
+# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
+# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
+# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
+# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
+# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
+# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
+# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = YES
+
+# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
+# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
+# in the output.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
+# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
+# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
+# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
+# other RTF readers or editors.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = $(GENERATE_RTF)
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
+# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
+# programs which support those fields.
+# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
+# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
+# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate man pages
+
+GENERATE_MAN = $(GENERATE_MAN)
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
+# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .1
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
+# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
+# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
+# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
+# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation.
+
+GENERATE_XML = $(GENERATE_XML)
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_SCHEMA =
+
+# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_DTD =
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
+# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
+# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
+# that captures the structure of the code including all
+# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
+# and incomplete at the moment.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this
+# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
+# moment.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
+# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
+# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
+# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
+# This is useful
+# if you want to understand what is going on.
+# On the other hand, if this
+# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
+# and Perl will parse it just the same.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
+# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
+# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
+# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
+# files.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
+# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
+# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
+# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = NO
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
+# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
+# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
+# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
+# the preprocessor.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
+# be used.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
+# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
+# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
+# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
+# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
+# instead of the = operator.
+
+PREDEFINED =
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
+# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
+# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
+# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
+# overrules the definition found in the source code.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
+# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
+# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
+# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::additions related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
+# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
+# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
+# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
+# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
+# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
+# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
+# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
+# will be listed.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
+# be listed.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
+
+PERL_PATH = $(PERL_PATH)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
+# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
+# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
+# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
+# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
+# or is not a class.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
+# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
+# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
+
+HAVE_DOT = $(HAVE_DOT)
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
+# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
+# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
+# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
+# between CPU load and processing speed.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
+# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
+# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
+# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
+# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
+# directory containing the font.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
+# The default size is 10pt.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
+# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
+# set the path where dot can find it.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
+# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
+# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
+# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
+# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
+# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
+# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
+# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
+# relations between templates and their instances.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
+# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
+# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
+# other documented files.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
+# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
+# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
+# indirectly include this file.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
+# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
+# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
+# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
+# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
+# relations between the files in the directories.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
+# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
+# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
+# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
+# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
+# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
+# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+
+DOT_PATH = $(DOT_PATH)
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \dotfile command).
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \mscfile command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
+# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
+# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
+# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
+# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
+# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
+# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
+# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
+# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
+# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
+# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
+# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
+# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
+# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
+# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
+# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
+# the various graphs.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
--- /dev/null
+EXTRA_DIST=Doxyfile
+
+if ENABLE_DOXYGEN
+
+docpkg = $(PACKAGE_TARNAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)-doc.tar.gz
+
+CLEANFILES = $(docpkg) doxygen.stamp
+
+doc_DATA = $(docpkg)
+
+$(docpkg): doxygen.stamp
+ tar chof - html | gzip -9 -c >$@
+
+doxygen.stamp: Doxyfile
+ $(DOXYGEN) $<
+ echo Timestamp > $@
+
+clean-local:
+ rm -rf html
+
+endif
+
+man_MANS = smackaccess.1 \
+ smack_accesses_add.3 \
+ smack_accesses_add_from_file.3 \
+ smack_accesses_add_modify.3 \
+ smack_accesses_apply.3 \
+ smack_accesses_clear.3 \
+ smack_accesses_free.3 \
+ smack_accesses_new.3 \
+ smack_accesses_save.3 \
+ smack_have_access.3 \
+ smack_new_label_from_self.3 \
+ smack_new_label_from_socket.3 \
+ smack_set_label_for_self.3 \
+ smack_revoke_subject.3 \
+ smack_fgetlabel.3 \
+ smack_fsetlabel.3 \
+ smack_getlabel.3 \
+ smack_lgetlabel.3 \
+ smack_lsetlabel.3 \
+ smack_setlabel.3 \
+ chsmack.8 \
+ smackcipso.8 \
+ smackctl.8 \
+ smackd.8 \
+ smackload.8
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(man_MANS)
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "CHSMACK" "8" "03/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+chsmack \- Change the Smack properties of a filesystem object
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B chsmack [\-a|\-\-access=] [-e|--exec=|--execute=] [-m|--mmap=]
+.I <context>
+.B [-t|--transmute]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B chsmack
+can be used to query or change the Smack context of a file. Depending on the state and type of the file the different labels, which are stored as xattrs on the file, have a different effect. If the file is a process binary then the
+.I exec
+label will take effect when the process is launched and this label will be assigned as the context of the running process. Whereas the
+.I transmute
+flag only affects directories and ensures that all files created beneath it have their label set to the label of the directory on which the transmute bit is set. This process needs to be launched with CAP_MAC_ADMIN capabilities in order to change any of the contexts.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-a\fR, \-\-access=
+Set the access context for this file. This context is used to confine the access modes, which are defined by the set "rwaxt", which refer to read, write, append, execute and transmute. The exec here is not to be confused with the
+.B \-e
+option listed below. This access mode "exec" specifies restrictions on who is allowed to launch this process. A common rule for this might look like
+.B (launcher application rx)
+where the
+.B \-\-access
+label is set to
+.BR "application" .
+This would ensure that the process with context
+.B launcher
+would be able to read and execute the binary from the
+.B application
+context.
+This label is stored in the
+.B security.SMACK64
+extended attribute.
+.TP
+.B \-e\fR, \-\-exec=
+If this file is an application binary, this flag defines the context that it will be launched in. It is accessible from the
+.B security.SMACK64EXEC
+extended attribute.
+.TP
+.B \-m\fR, \-\-mmap=
+A file with the mmap attribute set can only be mapped by processes with access to all of the labels that a process with the mmap label would have access to. the label is set and retrieved from the
+.B security.SMACK64MMAP
+extended attribute.
+.TP
+.I context
+The context to assign to label for the file
+.TP
+.B \-t\fR, \-\-transmute
+When used this will set the transmute flag of a directory to True. This will mean that all files and directories created under it will have the same label as the directory. By default all files created by a process are created with the same context label as the process. Transmute provides a very useful feature for sharing access to resources. The common example would be a Docs directory where all documents created by word processors and text editors can be stored. Each of the text editors can open the files and edit them in a shared fashion, while still ensuring that the config files of the editor remain protected. The label is stored in the
+.B security.SMACK64TRANSMUTE
+extended attribute.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The current values for the labels will be printed to stdout on success.
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+A successful call will return 0, where as a non zero value will be returned on error.
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Authors:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\" Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACK_ACCESSES_ADD" "3" "14/06/2012" "Libsmack 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smack_accesses_new, smack_accesses_free, smack_accesses_save, smack_accesses_apply, smack_accesses_clear, smack_accesses_add, smack_accesses_add_from_file, smack_revoke_subject \- Manipulate Smack rules
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/smack.h>
+.sp
+.BI "int smack_accesses_new(struct smack_accesses **" accesses ");"
+.br
+.BI "void smack_accesses_free(struct smack_accesses *" handle ");"
+.br
+
+.BI "int smack_accesses_add(struct smack_accesses *" handle ", const char *" subject ", const char *" object ", const char *" access_type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_accesses_add_modify(struct smack_accesses *" handle ", const char *" subject ", const char *" object ", const char *" access_add ", const char *" access_del ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_accesses_add_from_file(struct smack_accesses *" accesses ", int " fd ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_accesses_save(struct smack_accesses *" handle ", int " fd ");"
+.br
+
+.BI "int smack_accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *" handle ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_accesses_clear(struct smack_accesses *" handle ");"
+.br
+
+.BI "int smack_revoke_subject(const char *" subject ");"
+.br
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These methods provide a means to create properly formatted smack rules that can be stored to file or loaded directly into the kernel. For loading and unloading rules directly into the kernel the calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability. Most users will generally store the rules to a file that can be read by
+.BR smackload (8).
+If the rules should be loaded on system reboot then the file should be stored in /etc/smack/accesses.d/<name>.rules.
+
+.BR smack_accesses_new ()
+creates a new empty smack_accesses instance pointed to by
+.IR accesses .
+
+.BR smack_accesses_free ()
+destroys a previously created instance of smack_accesses pointed to by
+.IR handle .
+
+.BR smack_accesses_add ()
+create a rule allowing a
+.I subject
+to access an
+.I object
+with the type of access defined in
+.I access_type
+and store the result in
+.IR handle .
+If a rule for the specified labels already exists it will be overwritten.
+
+.BR smack_accesses_add_modify ()
+create a modification rule for the specified
+.I subject
+and
+.I object
+labels allowing the access specified in
+.I access_add
+and disallowing the access defined by
+.IR access_del .
+The result is stored in
+.IR handle .
+If a rule for the specified labels already exists it will be modified, otherwise a new rule will be created with the permissions specified in access_add added and those specified in access_del removed.
+
+.BR smack_accesses_add_from_file ()
+read a set of rules from a file and store them in
+.IR handle .
+The file must be a series of lines, 1 per rule, in the format "%s %s %s"
+.B "(subject object access_type)"
+
+.BR smack_accesses_save ()
+save the smack_accesses instance pointed to by
+.I handle
+to the file specified by the file-descriptor
+.IR fd .
+
+.BR smack_accesses_apply ()
+apply the rules pointed to by
+.I handle
+directly to the kernel. The calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+.BR smack_accesses_clear ()
+remove the rules pointed to by
+.I handle
+directly from the kernel. The calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+
+.BR smack_revoke_subject ()
+Sets the access to '-' (no access allowed) for all access rules with given
+.I subject
+label directly in the kernel. The calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All methods, except
+.IR smack_accesses_free ,
+return 0 on success and a negative value on failure (in which case
+.I errno
+is set appropriately).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.nf
+#include <sys/smack.h>
+
+int apply_rules_file(int fd, int clear)
+{
+ struct smack_accesses *rules = NULL;
+ int ret = 0;
+
+ if (smack_accesses_new(&rules))
+ return \-1;
+
+ if (smack_accesses_add_from_file(rules, fd)) {
+ smack_accesses_free(rules);
+ return \-1;
+ }
+
+ if (!clear)
+ ret = smack_accesses_apply(rules);
+ else
+ ret = smack_accesses_clear(rules);
+
+ smack_accesses_free(rules);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+.fi
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR smack_have_access (3)
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_access_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACK_GETLABEL" "3" "07/05/2012" "Libsmack 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smack_getlabel, smack_lgetlabel, smack_fgetlabel, smack_setlabel, smack_lsetlabel, smack_fsetlabel \- Manipulation of Smack labels for files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/smack.h>
+.sp
+.BI "int smack_getlabel(const char *" path ", char **" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_lgetlabel(const char *" path ", char **" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_fgetlabel(int " fd ", char **" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+
+.BI "int smack_setlabel(const char *" path ", const char *" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_lsetlabel(const char *" path ", const char *" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_fsetlabel(int " fd ", const char *" label ", enum smack_label_type " type ");"
+.sp
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Smack uses extended attributes (xattrs) to store labels on filesystem objects. The attributes are stored in the extended attribute security name space. A process must have CAP_MAC_ADMIN to change any of these attributes.
+These functions provide an interface for Smack label manipulation on files and file descriptors.
+.SS "Label types"
+There are several types of labels and not all of them are valid for every object. All valid types are defined in enum smack_label_type:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS :
+Label used as the object label for Smack access checks when a labeled file is accessed.
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_EXEC :
+Label used as the subject label for processes executed from a labeled file by means of
+.BR exec (3)
+functions family.
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_MMAP :
+Label used as the object label for Smack access checks when a labeled file is mmap-ed (see
+.BR mmap (2)).
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE :
+Special purpose label for directories. In contrast with all other label types, this one is of boolean type. If set to true on a directory, all files and directories created in that directory will inherit the directory's
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS
+label. Created subdirectories will also have
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS
+set to true. The described behavior works only if a subject creating those files and directories has "t" (transmute) permission on the directory's
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS
+label.
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_IPIN :
+Valid only for socket file descriptors. Used as the object label for packets incoming from the socket.
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_IPOUT :
+Valid only for socket file descriptors. Used as the Smack label transmitted with outgoing packets.
+.SS "Get functions"
+All of these functions allocate memory for the label contents and assign the pointer to
+.IR label .
+The caller is responsible for freeing the memory.
+.PP
+.BR smack_getlabel ()
+retrieves the label of specified
+.I type
+from the given
+.I path
+in the filesystem.
+.PP
+.BR smack_lgetlabel ()
+is identical to
+.BR smack_getlabel (),
+except in the case of a symbolic link, where the link itself is interrogated, not the file that it refers to.
+.PP
+.BR smack_fgetlabel ()
+is identical to
+.BR smack_getlabel (),
+only the open file pointed to by
+.I fd
+(as returned by
+.BR open(2))
+is interrogated in place of
+.IR path .
+.SS "Set functions"
+These functions work with files and file descriptors in the same way as the get functions described above.
+They set the label to the value passed in
+.I value
+argument. Valid values are:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+NULL or empty string - will cause removal of the label, if any was present on a file.
+.IP \[bu]
+"1" or "0" for the
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE
+label type on a directory will turn transmute on or off.
+.IP \[bu]
+Any string not longer than
+.BR SMACK_LABEL_LEN
+for other label types.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, zero is returned. On failure, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set appropriately.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR smack_have_access (3),
+.BR attr (5),
+.BR open (2).
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\" Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACK_HAVE_ACCESS" "3" "06/20/2012" "Libsmack 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smack_have_access, smack_new_label_from_self, smack_new_label_from_socket \- Userspace interaction with Smack
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/smack.h>
+.sp
+.BI "int smack_have_access(const char *" subject ", const char *" object ", const char *" access ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_new_label_from_self(char **" label ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_set_label_for_self(char **" label ");"
+.br
+.BI "int smack_new_label_from_socket(int " fd ", char **" label ");"
+.sp
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Smack is a Mandatory Access Control (MAC) based security mechanism for the Linux kernel. It works on the basis of context, which is stored as a label in the extended attributes (xattr) of a file. When a process is started the kernel ensures that this context is assigned to the running process. By default a process can only interact with processes and filesystem objects that have the same context as itself and is denied access to all other contexts. Rules can be created to grant access to other contexts, these are generally created on package installation and can only be modified by a process that has the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+.PP
+As with most actor based models the entity that initiates the interaction is called the
+.I subject
+and the item that is being accessed is called the
+.IR "object" .
+The type of interaction that is being performed is known as the
+.I access
+and is based on the standard filesystem access types "R","W","X" etc. The functions presented here provide a way for a process to determine the Smack context of the the system in which it is running and that of a process that is connected to it over a socket connection.
+.PP
+The function
+.BR smack_have_access ()
+takes a
+.I subject
+context, and the context of the item that it is interacting with, the
+.IR "object" ,
+along with the type of
+.I access
+that is requested. The kernel is queried about the access rules and informs the the caller it that access request is allowed. This method is generally used to allow more fine grained access control to be enforced in userspace processes.
+.PP
+.BR smack_new_label_from_self ()
+determines the context of the current process and creates a new storage for this which it assigns to
+.I label
+to this upon return. It is the responsibility of the caller to free
+.I label
+when it is no longer required.
+.PP
+.BR smack_set_label_for_self ()
+sets the context of the current process to
+.IR label .
+The calling process must have the CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability.
+.PP
+.BR smack_new_label_from_socket ()
+takes the file descriptor,
+.IR "fd" ,
+of the socket and determines it's context and creates a new storage for this which it assigns to
+.I label
+on return. It is the callers responsibility to free
+.I label
+when it is no longer required.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR smack_new_label_from_self ()
+and
+.BR smack_new_label_from_socket ()
+return 0 on success or \-1 on error (in which case,
+.I errno
+is set appropriately).
+
+.BR smack_have_access ()
+returns 1 if allowed, 0 if no access and \-1 on error (in which case,
+.I errno
+is set appropriately).
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_have_access.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_have_access.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_accesses_add.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_have_access.3
--- /dev/null
+.so man3/smack_getlabel.3
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKACCESS" "1" "03/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackaccess \- Determine if a rule is permitted by the current Smack policy
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B smackaccess <subject> <object> <access_type>
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B smackaccess
+allows for the caller to test if a process has access to another object and the type of access that is granted.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.IP subject
+The context of the process that will be doing the access request
+.IP object
+The context of the filesystem object or process that is going to be accessed
+.IP access_type
+The type of access that will be requested e.g. "rwaxt", which respectively refer to read, write, append, execute and transmute.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success the result of the test will be printed, 1 indicates that the rule is permitted by the policy and 0 indicates that such an action would fail.
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+On success
+.B smackaccess
+returns 0 and 1 on failure.
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKCIPSO" "8" "07/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackcipso \- Load Smack cipso rules into the kernel
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B smackcipso
+.I <path>
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B smackcipso
+is a tool that can be used to load cipso rules into the kernel. The general use of
+.B smackcipso
+is to read a set of rules from a file, but it also supports the convenience of loading rules from the command line. This process needs to be started with CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability otherwise it will not have sufficient permission to make the changes. Launching
+.B smackcipso
+without a path name will allow you to enter rules on the command line, these take the format "%s%4d%4d[%4d]...\\n"
+.B (subject lvl cnt c1 c2 ...)
+with ^D terminating the session and writing the rules to the kernel.
+.IP path
+The path to the file from which to read the rules
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+On success
+.B smackload
+returns 0 and 1 on failure.
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKCTL" "8" "03/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackctl \- Load and unload the system Smack rules files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B smackctl ['apply'] ['clear'] ['status']
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B smackctl
+is a program to load and unload the Smack context configurations. It is generally called by an init process on startup and shutdown of the system when it is needed to change the Smack rules in the kernel. The Smack system configuration files are all store in see FILES below.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.IP apply
+Apply all the rules found in the configuration directory's
+.IP clear
+Remove all system rules from the kernel
+.IP status
+Show the status of the Smack system, specifically if /smack is mounted
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+On success
+.B smackctl
+returns 0 and 1 on failure.
+.SH FILES
+/smack
+.br
+/etc/smack/acceses.d
+.br
+/etc/smack/cipso.d
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKD" "8" "07/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackd \- Experimental daemon to manage the Smack policy
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR smackd ,
+it is currently not recommended to use this process.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR smackctl (8)
--- /dev/null
+'\" t
+.\" This file is part of libsmack
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+.\"
+.\" This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+.\" version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.\"
+.\" This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+.\" Lesser General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+.\" License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+.\" Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+.\" 02110-1301 USA
+.\"
+.\" Author:
+.\" Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+.\"
+.TH "SMACKLOAD" "8" "03/05/2012" "smack-utils 1\&.0"
+.SH NAME
+smackload \- Load and unload Smack rules from the kernel
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B smackload [\-c]
+.I <path>
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B smackload
+is a tool that can be used to load Smack rules into the kernel or to remove rules that have already been loaded. The general use of
+.B smackload
+is to read a set of rules from a file, but it also supports the convenience of loading rules from the command line. This process needs to be started with CAP_MAC_ADMIN capability otherwise it will not have sufficient permission to make the changes. Launching
+.B smackload
+without a path name will allow you to enter rules on the command line, these take the format "%s %s %s\\n"
+.B (subject object access_type)
+with ^D terminating the session and writing the rules to the kernel. The
+.B access_type
+refers to the access modes that are from the set "rwaxt", which refer to read, write, append, execute and transmute access respectively
+.SH OPTIONS
+.IP \-c
+Clear the specified rules from the kernel
+.IP path
+The path to the file from which to read the rules
+
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+On success
+.B smackload
+returns 0 and 1 on failure.
--- /dev/null
+if HAVE_SYSTEMD
+if HAVE_SYSTEMD_NEW
+
+else
+systemdsystemunit_DATA = \
+ smack.mount \
+ smack.service
+endif
+endif
--- /dev/null
+[Unit]
+Description=Smack filesystem mounting
+#ConditionSecurity=smack
+
+[Mount]
+What=smackfs
+Where=/smack
+Type=smackfs
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2012 Intel Corporation
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, version 2.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301 USA
+#
+# Authors:
+# Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+#
+# Description: Initialize Smack policy
+#
+### BEGIN INIT INFO
+# Provides: smack-utils
+# Required-Start: $remote_fs $local_fs
+# Required-Stop: $remote_fs $local_fs
+# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5
+# Default-Stop: 0 1 6
+# Short-Description: Utility to set up SMACK policy
+# Description: SMACK is a simplified mandatory access control \
+# framework using an the LSM interface of the kernel. \
+# The access control rules are loaded using smackfs \
+# pseudo-filesystem.
+### END INIT INFO
+
+PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin
+
+PROG=smack-utils
+DESC="Simplified MAC Kernel (SMACK)"
+SMACKCTL=/usr/bin/smackctl
+
+# Check kernel whether smack is supported
+[ `grep -c smack /proc/filesystems` -eq 1 ] || exit 0
+
+#
+# Mount smackfs in /smack
+#
+mount_smack() {
+ if [ ! -d /smack ] ; then
+ test -e /smack && rm -f /smack
+ mkdir /smack
+ fi
+ if ! grep -E -qs smackfs /etc/mtab; then
+ mount -t smackfs smackfs /smack > /dev/null 2>&1
+ fi
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+ start)
+ echo -n "Starting $DESC ..."
+ mount_smack
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl apply ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ status)
+ /usr/bin/smackctl status
+ ;;
+ reload|force-reload|restart|try-restart)
+ echo -n "Reloading $DESC ..."
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl clear && /usr/bin/smackctl apply ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ stop)
+ echo -n "Stopping $DESC ..."
+ # umount /smack to make sure "status" reports the correct state
+ # of smack because it only check if smackfs mounted or not.
+ if /usr/bin/smackctl clear && umount /smack ; then
+ echo " done."
+ else
+ echo " failed."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo $"Usage: $0 {start|stop|reload|force-reload|restart|try-restart|status}"
+ exit 3
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+[Unit]
+Description=Smack
+DefaultDependencies=no
+After=smack.mount opt.mount
+Requires=smack.mount
+Before=basic.target
+
+[Service]
+Type=oneshot
+ExecStart=/usr/bin/smackload-fast
+ExecStop=/usr/bin/smackctl clear
+RemainAfterExit=yes
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=basic.target
--- /dev/null
+.deps/
+.libs/
+libsmack.la
+libsmack.lo
--- /dev/null
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+AM_MAKEFLAGS = --no-print-directory
+
+AM_CFLAGS = -Wall -Wextra
+
+EXTRA_DIST = libsmack.sym
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libsmack.la
+
+libsmack_la_LDFLAGS = \
+ -version-info 1:0:0 \
+ -Wl,--version-script=$(top_srcdir)/libsmack/libsmack.sym
+libsmack_la_SOURCES = libsmack.c init.c
+
+pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = libsmack.pc
+
+library_includedir=$(includedir)/sys
+library_include_HEADERS=sys/smack.h
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack. Derived from libselinux/src/init.c.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Passion Zhao <passion.zhao@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdio_ext.h>
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#include <sys/vfs.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/*
+ * * smackfs magic number
+ * */
+#define SMACK_MAGIC 0x43415d53 /* "SMAC" */
+
+/* smack file system type */
+#define SMACKFS "smackfs"
+
+#define SMACKFSMNT "/sys/fs/smackfs/"
+#define OLDSMACKFSMNT "/smack"
+
+char *smack_mnt = NULL;
+
+void set_smackmnt(const char *mnt)
+{
+ smack_mnt = strdup(mnt);
+}
+
+/* Verify the mount point for smack file system has a smackfs.
+ * If the file system:
+ * Exist,
+ * Is mounted with an smack file system,
+ * The file system is read/write
+ * then set this as the default file system.
+ */
+static int verify_smackmnt(const char *mnt)
+{
+ struct statfs sfbuf;
+ int rc;
+
+ do {
+ rc = statfs(mnt, &sfbuf);
+ } while (rc < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+ if (rc == 0) {
+ if ((uint32_t)sfbuf.f_type == (uint32_t)SMACK_MAGIC) {
+ struct statvfs vfsbuf;
+ rc = statvfs(mnt, &vfsbuf);
+ if (rc == 0) {
+ if (!(vfsbuf.f_flag & ST_RDONLY)) {
+ set_smackmnt(mnt);
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+int smackfs_exists(void)
+{
+ int exists = 0;
+ FILE *fp = NULL;
+ char *buf = NULL;
+ size_t len;
+ ssize_t num;
+
+ fp = fopen("/proc/filesystems", "r");
+ if (!fp)
+ return 1; /* Fail as if it exists */
+
+ __fsetlocking(fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+ num = getline(&buf, &len, fp);
+ while (num != -1) {
+ if (strstr(buf, SMACKFS)) {
+ exists = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ num = getline(&buf, &len, fp);
+ }
+
+ free(buf);
+ fclose(fp);
+ return exists;
+}
+
+static void init_smackmnt(void)
+{
+ char *buf=NULL, *p;
+ FILE *fp=NULL;
+ size_t len;
+ ssize_t num;
+
+ if (smack_mnt)
+ return;
+
+ if (verify_smackmnt(SMACKFSMNT) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (verify_smackmnt(OLDSMACKFSMNT) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* Drop back to detecting it the long way. */
+ if (!smackfs_exists())
+ goto out;
+
+ /* At this point, the usual spot doesn't have an smackfs so
+ * we look around for it */
+ fp = fopen("/proc/mounts", "r");
+ if (!fp)
+ goto out;
+
+ __fsetlocking(fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+ while ((num = getline(&buf, &len, fp)) != -1) {
+ char *tmp;
+ p = strchr(buf, ' ');
+ if (!p)
+ goto out;
+ p++;
+
+ tmp = strchr(p, ' ');
+ if (!tmp)
+ goto out;
+
+ if (!strncmp(tmp + 1, SMACKFS" ", strlen(SMACKFS)+1)) {
+ *tmp = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we found something, dup it */
+ if (num > 0)
+ verify_smackmnt(p);
+
+ out:
+ free(buf);
+ if (fp)
+ fclose(fp);
+ return;
+}
+
+void fini_smackmnt(void)
+{
+ free(smack_mnt);
+ smack_mnt = NULL;
+}
+
+static void init_lib(void) __attribute__ ((constructor));
+static void init_lib(void)
+{
+ init_smackmnt();
+}
+
+static void fini_lib(void) __attribute__ ((destructor));
+static void fini_lib(void)
+{
+ fini_smackmnt();
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ * Passion Zhao <passion.zhao@intel.com>
+ * Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#include "sys/smack.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/xattr.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define ACC_LEN 6
+#define LOAD_LEN (2 * (SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1) + 2 * ACC_LEN + 1)
+
+#define LEVEL_MAX 255
+#define NUM_LEN 4
+#define BUF_SIZE 512
+#define CAT_MAX_COUNT 240
+#define CAT_MAX_VALUE 63
+#define CIPSO_POS(i) (SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1 + NUM_LEN + NUM_LEN + i * NUM_LEN)
+#define CIPSO_MAX_SIZE CIPSO_POS(CAT_MAX_COUNT)
+#define CIPSO_NUM_LEN_STR "%-4d"
+
+#define KERNEL_LONG_FORMAT "%s %s %s"
+#define KERNEL_SHORT_FORMAT "%-23s %-23s %5.5s"
+#define KERNEL_MODIFY_FORMAT "%s %s %s %s"
+#define READ_BUF_SIZE LOAD_LEN + 1
+#define SELF_LABEL_FILE "/proc/self/attr/current"
+
+extern char *smack_mnt;
+
+typedef int (*getxattr_func)(void*, const char*, void*, size_t);
+typedef int (*setxattr_func)(const void*, const char*, const void*, size_t, int);
+typedef int (*removexattr_func)(void*, const char*);
+
+struct smack_rule {
+ char subject[SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1];
+ char object[SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1];
+ int is_modify;
+ char access_set[ACC_LEN + 1];
+ char access_add[ACC_LEN + 1];
+ char access_del[ACC_LEN + 1];
+ struct smack_rule *next;
+};
+
+struct smack_accesses {
+ struct smack_rule *first;
+ struct smack_rule *last;
+};
+
+struct cipso_mapping {
+ char label[SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1];
+ int cats[CAT_MAX_VALUE];
+ int ncats;
+ int level;
+ struct cipso_mapping *next;
+};
+
+struct smack_cipso {
+ struct cipso_mapping *first;
+ struct cipso_mapping *last;
+};
+
+static int accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *handle, int clear);
+static inline void parse_access_type(const char *in, char out[ACC_LEN + 1]);
+static inline char* get_xattr_name(enum smack_label_type type);
+
+int smack_accesses_new(struct smack_accesses **accesses)
+{
+ struct smack_accesses *result;
+
+ result = calloc(sizeof(struct smack_accesses), 1);
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ *accesses = result;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void smack_accesses_free(struct smack_accesses *handle)
+{
+ if (handle == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ struct smack_rule *rule = handle->first;
+ struct smack_rule *next_rule = NULL;
+
+ while (rule != NULL) {
+ next_rule = rule->next;
+ free(rule);
+ rule = next_rule;
+ }
+
+ free(handle);
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_save(struct smack_accesses *handle, int fd)
+{
+ struct smack_rule *rule = handle->first;
+ FILE *file;
+ int ret;
+ int newfd;
+
+ newfd = dup(fd);
+ if (newfd == -1)
+ return -1;
+
+ file = fdopen(newfd, "w");
+ if (file == NULL) {
+ close(newfd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ while (rule) {
+ if (rule->is_modify) {
+ ret = fprintf(file, "%s %s %s %s\n",
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_add, rule->access_del);
+ } else {
+ ret = fprintf(file, "%s %s %s\n",
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_set);
+ }
+
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ fclose(file);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ rule = rule->next;
+ }
+
+ fclose(file);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *handle)
+{
+ return accesses_apply(handle, 0);
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_clear(struct smack_accesses *handle)
+{
+ return accesses_apply(handle, 1);
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_add(struct smack_accesses *handle, const char *subject,
+ const char *object, const char *access_type)
+{
+ struct smack_rule *rule = NULL;
+
+ if (strnlen(subject, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN ||
+ strnlen(object, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ rule = calloc(sizeof(struct smack_rule), 1);
+ if (rule == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ strcpy(rule->subject, subject);
+ strcpy(rule->object, object);
+ parse_access_type(access_type, rule->access_set);
+
+ if (handle->first == NULL) {
+ handle->first = handle->last = rule;
+ } else {
+ handle->last->next = rule;
+ handle->last = rule;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_add_modify(struct smack_accesses *handle, const char *subject,
+ const char *object, const char *access_add, const char *access_del)
+{
+ struct smack_rule *rule = NULL;
+
+ if (strnlen(subject, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN ||
+ strnlen(object, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ rule = calloc(sizeof(struct smack_rule), 1);
+ if (rule == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ strcpy(rule->subject, subject);
+ strcpy(rule->object, object);
+ parse_access_type(access_add, rule->access_add);
+ parse_access_type(access_del, rule->access_del);
+ rule->is_modify = 1;
+
+ if (handle->first == NULL) {
+ handle->first = handle->last = rule;
+ } else {
+ handle->last->next = rule;
+ handle->last = rule;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_accesses_add_from_file(struct smack_accesses *accesses, int fd)
+{
+ FILE *file = NULL;
+ char buf[READ_BUF_SIZE];
+ char *ptr;
+ const char *subject, *object, *access, *access2;
+ int newfd;
+ int ret;
+
+ newfd = dup(fd);
+ if (newfd == -1)
+ return -1;
+
+ file = fdopen(newfd, "r");
+ if (file == NULL) {
+ close(newfd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ while (fgets(buf, READ_BUF_SIZE, file) != NULL) {
+ if (strcmp(buf, "\n") == 0)
+ continue;
+ subject = strtok_r(buf, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ object = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ access = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ access2 = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+
+ if (subject == NULL || object == NULL || access == NULL ||
+ strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr) != NULL) {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ fclose(file);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (access2 == NULL)
+ ret = smack_accesses_add(accesses, subject, object, access);
+ else
+ ret = smack_accesses_add_modify(accesses, subject, object, access, access2);
+
+ if (ret) {
+ fclose(file);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ferror(file)) {
+ fclose(file);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ fclose(file);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_have_access(const char *subject, const char *object,
+ const char *access_type)
+{
+ char buf[LOAD_LEN + 1];
+ char access_type_k[ACC_LEN + 1];
+ int ret;
+ int fd;
+ int access2 = 1;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/access2", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ if (errno != ENOENT)
+ return -1;
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/access", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+ access2 = 0;
+ }
+
+ parse_access_type(access_type, access_type_k);
+
+ if (access2)
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_LONG_FORMAT,
+ subject, object, access_type_k);
+ else
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_SHORT_FORMAT,
+ subject, object, access_type_k);
+
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ ret = write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ ret = read(fd, buf, 1);
+ close(fd);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ return buf[0] == '1';
+}
+void smack_cipso_free(struct smack_cipso *cipso)
+{
+ if (cipso == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ struct cipso_mapping *mapping = cipso->first;
+ struct cipso_mapping *next_mapping = NULL;
+
+ while (mapping != NULL) {
+ next_mapping = mapping->next;
+ free(mapping);
+ mapping = next_mapping;
+ }
+}
+
+struct smack_cipso *smack_cipso_new(int fd)
+{
+ struct smack_cipso *cipso = NULL;
+ struct cipso_mapping *mapping = NULL;
+ FILE *file = NULL;
+ char buf[BUF_SIZE];
+ char *label, *level, *cat, *ptr;
+ long int val;
+ int i;
+ int newfd;
+
+ newfd = dup(fd);
+ if (newfd == -1)
+ return NULL;
+
+ file = fdopen(newfd, "r");
+ if (file == NULL) {
+ close(newfd);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ cipso = calloc(sizeof(struct smack_cipso ), 1);
+ if (cipso == NULL) {
+ fclose(file);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ while (fgets(buf, BUF_SIZE, file) != NULL) {
+ mapping = calloc(sizeof(struct cipso_mapping), 1);
+ if (mapping == NULL)
+ goto err_out;
+
+ label = strtok_r(buf, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ level = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ cat = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ if (label == NULL || cat == NULL || level == NULL ||
+ strlen(label) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ strcpy(mapping->label, label);
+
+ errno = 0;
+ val = strtol(level, NULL, 10);
+ if (errno)
+ goto err_out;
+
+ if (val < 0 || val > LEVEL_MAX) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ mapping->level = val;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < CAT_MAX_COUNT && cat != NULL; i++) {
+ errno = 0;
+ val = strtol(cat, NULL, 10);
+ if (errno)
+ goto err_out;
+
+ if (val < 0 || val > CAT_MAX_VALUE) {
+ errno = ERANGE;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ mapping->cats[i] = val;
+
+ cat = strtok_r(NULL, " \t\n", &ptr);
+ }
+
+ mapping->ncats = i;
+
+ if (cipso->first == NULL) {
+ cipso->first = cipso->last = mapping;
+ } else {
+ cipso->last->next = mapping;
+ cipso->last = mapping;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ferror(file))
+ goto err_out;
+
+ fclose(file);
+ return cipso;
+err_out:
+ fclose(file);
+ smack_cipso_free(cipso);
+ free(mapping);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+const char *smack_smackfs_path(void)
+{
+ return smack_mnt;
+}
+
+int smack_cipso_apply(struct smack_cipso *cipso)
+{
+ struct cipso_mapping *m = NULL;
+ char buf[CIPSO_MAX_SIZE];
+ int fd;
+ int i;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+ int offset=0;
+
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/cipso2", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ memset(buf,0,CIPSO_MAX_SIZE);
+ for (m = cipso->first; m != NULL; m = m->next) {
+ snprintf(buf, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1, "%s", m->label);
+ offset += strlen(buf) + 1;
+
+ sprintf(&buf[offset], CIPSO_NUM_LEN_STR, m->level);
+ offset += NUM_LEN;
+
+ sprintf(&buf[offset], CIPSO_NUM_LEN_STR, m->ncats);
+ offset += NUM_LEN;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < m->ncats; i++){
+ sprintf(&buf[offset], CIPSO_NUM_LEN_STR, m->cats[i]);
+ offset += NUM_LEN;
+ }
+
+ if (write(fd, buf, offset) < 0) {
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ close(fd);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_new_label_from_self(char **label)
+{
+ char *result;
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ result = calloc(SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1, 1);
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ fd = open(SELF_LABEL_FILE, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ free(result);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ ret = read(fd, result, SMACK_LABEL_LEN);
+ close(fd);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ free(result);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ *label = result;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_new_label_from_socket(int fd, char **label)
+{
+ char dummy;
+ int ret;
+ socklen_t length = 1;
+ char *result;
+
+ ret = getsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_PEERSEC, &dummy, &length);
+ if (ret < 0 && errno != ERANGE)
+ return -1;
+
+ result = calloc(length + 1, 1);
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = getsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_PEERSEC, result, &length);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ free(result);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ *label = result;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int smack_set_label_for_self(const char *label)
+{
+ int len;
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ len = strnlen(label, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ if (len > SMACK_LABEL_LEN)
+ return -1;
+
+ fd = open(SELF_LABEL_FILE, O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = write(fd, label, len);
+ close(fd);
+
+ return (ret < 0) ? -1 : 0;
+}
+
+int smack_revoke_subject(const char *subject)
+{
+ int ret;
+ int fd;
+ int len;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+
+ len = strnlen(subject, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ if (len > SMACK_LABEL_LEN)
+ return -1;
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/revoke-subject", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = write(fd, subject, len);
+ close(fd);
+
+ return (ret < 0) ? -1 : 0;
+}
+
+static int internal_getlabel(void* file, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type,
+ getxattr_func getfunc)
+{
+ char* xattr_name = get_xattr_name(type);
+ char value[SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1];
+ int ret;
+
+ ret = getfunc(file, xattr_name, value, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ if (ret == -1) {
+ if (errno == ENODATA) {
+ *label = NULL;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ value[ret] = '\0';
+ *label = calloc(ret + 1, 1);
+ if (*label == NULL)
+ return -1;
+ strncpy(*label, value, ret);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int internal_setlabel(void* file, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type,
+ setxattr_func setfunc, removexattr_func removefunc)
+{
+ char* xattr_name = get_xattr_name(type);
+ int ret;
+
+ /* Check validity of labels for LABEL_TRANSMUTE */
+ if (type == SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE && label != NULL) {
+ if (!strcmp(label, "0"))
+ label = NULL;
+ else if (!strcmp(label, "1"))
+ label = "TRUE";
+ else
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (label == NULL || label[0] == '\0') {
+ ret = removefunc(file, xattr_name);
+ if (ret == -1 && errno == ENODATA)
+ return 0;
+ return ret;
+ } else {
+ int len = strnlen(label, SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1);
+ if (len > SMACK_LABEL_LEN)
+ return -1;
+ return setfunc(file, xattr_name, label, len, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+int smack_getlabel(const char *path, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_getlabel((void*) path, label, type,
+ (getxattr_func) getxattr);
+}
+
+int smack_lgetlabel(const char *path, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_getlabel((void*) path, label, type,
+ (getxattr_func) lgetxattr);
+}
+
+int smack_fgetlabel(int fd, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_getlabel((void*) fd, label, type,
+ (getxattr_func) fgetxattr);
+}
+
+int smack_setlabel(const char *path, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_setlabel((void*) path, label, type,
+ (setxattr_func) setxattr, (removexattr_func) removexattr);
+}
+
+int smack_lsetlabel(const char *path, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_setlabel((void*) path, label, type,
+ (setxattr_func) lsetxattr, (removexattr_func) lremovexattr);
+}
+
+int smack_fsetlabel(int fd, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ return internal_setlabel((void*) fd, label, type,
+ (setxattr_func) fsetxattr, (removexattr_func) fremovexattr);
+}
+
+static int accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *handle, int clear)
+{
+ char buf[LOAD_LEN + 1];
+ struct smack_rule *rule;
+ int ret;
+ int fd;
+ int load_fd;
+ int change_fd;
+ int load2 = 1;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/load2", smack_mnt);
+ load_fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ if (load_fd < 0) {
+ if (errno != ENOENT)
+ return -1;
+ /* fallback */
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/load", smack_mnt);
+ load_fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ /* Try to continue if the file doesn't exist, we might not need it. */
+ if (load_fd < 0 && errno != ENOENT)
+ return -1;
+ load2 = 0;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/change-rule", smack_mnt);
+ change_fd = open(path, O_WRONLY);
+ /* Try to continue if the file doesn't exist, we might not need it. */
+ if (change_fd < 0 && errno != ENOENT) {
+ ret = -1;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ for (rule = handle->first; rule != NULL; rule = rule->next) {
+ if (clear) {
+ strcpy(rule->access_set, "-----");
+ rule->is_modify = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (rule->is_modify) {
+ fd = change_fd;
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_MODIFY_FORMAT,
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_add, rule->access_del);
+ } else {
+ fd = load_fd;
+ if (load2)
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_LONG_FORMAT,
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_set);
+ else
+ ret = snprintf(buf, LOAD_LEN + 1, KERNEL_SHORT_FORMAT,
+ rule->subject, rule->object,
+ rule->access_set);
+ }
+
+ if (ret < 0 || fd < 0) {
+ ret = -1;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+
+ ret = write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ ret = -1;
+ goto err_out;
+ }
+ }
+ ret = 0;
+
+err_out:
+ if (load_fd >= 0)
+ close(load_fd);
+ if (change_fd >= 0)
+ close(change_fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static inline void parse_access_type(const char *in, char out[ACC_LEN + 1])
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ACC_LEN; ++i)
+ out[i] = '-';
+ out[ACC_LEN] = '\0';
+
+ for (i = 0; in[i] != '\0'; i++)
+ switch (in[i]) {
+ case 'r':
+ case 'R':
+ out[0] = 'r';
+ break;
+ case 'w':
+ case 'W':
+ out[1] = 'w';
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ case 'X':
+ out[2] = 'x';
+ break;
+ case 'a':
+ case 'A':
+ out[3] = 'a';
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ case 'T':
+ out[4] = 't';
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ case 'L':
+ out[5] = 'l';
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline char* get_xattr_name(enum smack_label_type type)
+{
+ switch (type) {
+ case SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS:
+ return "security.SMACK64";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_EXEC:
+ return "security.SMACK64EXEC";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_MMAP:
+ return "security.SMACK64MMAP";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE:
+ return "security.SMACK64TRANSMUTE";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_IPIN:
+ return "security.SMACK64IPIN";
+ case SMACK_LABEL_IPOUT:
+ return "security.SMACK64IPOUT";
+ default:
+ /* Should not reach this point */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: @PACKAGE_NAME@
+Description: Smack LSM module userspace library
+Requires:
+Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lsmack
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
--- /dev/null
+LIBSMACK {
+global:
+ smack_accesses_new;
+ smack_accesses_free;
+ smack_accesses_save;
+ smack_accesses_apply;
+ smack_accesses_clear;
+ smack_accesses_add;
+ smack_accesses_add_modify;
+ smack_accesses_add_from_file;
+ smack_have_access;
+ smack_cipso_free;
+ smack_cipso_new;
+ smack_cipso_apply;
+ smack_smackfs_path;
+ smack_new_label_from_self;
+ smack_new_label_from_socket;
+ smack_set_label_for_self;
+ smack_revoke_subject;
+ smack_getlabel;
+ smack_lgetlabel;
+ smack_fgetlabel;
+ smack_setlabel;
+ smack_lsetlabel;
+ smack_fsetlabel;
+local:
+ *;
+};
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ * Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+/*!
+ * Smack user space library
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SYS_SMACK_H
+#define _SYS_SMACK_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/*!
+ * Maximum length of a smack label, excluding terminating null character.
+ */
+#define SMACK_LABEL_LEN 255
+
+enum smack_label_type {
+ SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS,
+ SMACK_LABEL_EXEC,
+ SMACK_LABEL_MMAP,
+ SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE,
+ SMACK_LABEL_IPIN,
+ SMACK_LABEL_IPOUT,
+};
+
+/*!
+ * Handle to a in-memory representation of set of Smack rules.
+ */
+struct smack_accesses;
+
+/*!
+ *
+ */
+struct smack_cipso;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ * Creates a new empty smack_accesses instance.
+ *
+ * @param accesses created instance
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_new(struct smack_accesses **accesses);
+
+/*!
+ * Destroy a struct smack_accesses *instance.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a struct smack_accesses *instance
+ */
+void smack_accesses_free(struct smack_accesses *handle);
+
+/*!
+ * Write access rules to a given file.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rules
+ * @param fd file descriptor
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_save(struct smack_accesses *handle, int fd);
+
+/*!
+ * Write rules to kernel.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rules
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_apply(struct smack_accesses *handle);
+
+/*!
+ * Clear rules from kernel.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rules
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_clear(struct smack_accesses *handle);
+
+/*!
+ * Add new rule to a rule set.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rule set
+ * @param subject subject of the rule
+ * @param object object of the rule
+ * @param access_type access type
+ * @return Returns 0 on success.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_add(struct smack_accesses *handle, const char *subject,
+ const char *object, const char *access_type);
+
+/*!
+ * Add a modification rule to a rule set.
+ * The modification rule will change access permissions for a given subject and
+ * object.
+ * If such rule already existend (in the kernel or earlier in the rule set),
+ * it will be modified. Otherwise a new rule will be created, with permissions
+ * from access_add minus permissions from access_del.
+ *
+ * @param handle handle to a rule set
+ * @param subject subject of the rule
+ * @param object object of the rule
+ * @param access_add access type
+ * @param access_del access type
+ * @return Returns 0 on success.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_add_modify(struct smack_accesses *handle, const char *subject,
+ const char *object, const char *access_add, const char *access_del);
+
+/*!
+ * Add rules from file.
+ *
+ * @param accesses instance
+ * @param fd file descriptor
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_accesses_add_from_file(struct smack_accesses *accesses, int fd);
+
+/*!
+ * Check for Smack access.
+ *
+ * @param subject subject of the rule
+ * @param object object of the rule
+ * @param access_type access type
+ * @return 1 if access, 0 if no access and -1 on error.
+ */
+int smack_have_access(const char *subject, const char *object,
+ const char *access_type);
+
+struct smack_cipso *smack_cipso_new(int fd);
+
+void smack_cipso_free(struct smack_cipso *cipso);
+
+int smack_cipso_apply(struct smack_cipso *cipso);
+
+/*!
+ * Get the smackfs directory.
+ */
+const char *smack_smackfs_path(void);
+
+/*!
+ * Get the label that is associated with the callers process.
+ * Caller is responsible of freeing the returned label.
+ *
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_new_label_from_self(char **label);
+
+/*!
+ * Get the label that is associated with a peer on the other end of an
+ * Unix socket (SO_PEERSEC). Caller is responsible of freeing the
+ * returned label.
+ *
+ * @param fd socket file descriptor
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_new_label_from_socket(int fd, char **label);
+
+/*!
+ * Set the label associated with the callers process.
+ * Caller must be run by privileged user to succeed.
+ *
+ * @param label to set
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_set_label_for_self(const char *label);
+
+/*!
+ * Revoke all rules for a subject label.
+ *
+ * @param subject subject to revoke
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_revoke_subject(const char *subject);
+
+/*!
+ * Get SMACK label from file.
+ * On successful call label will be stored on allocated memory.
+ * Caller should take care of freeing that memory later.
+ *
+ * @param path file system path
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_getlabel(const char *path, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Get SMACK label from file. If path points to a symbolic link, the
+ * function will return label of the link instead of file it refers to.
+ * On successful call label will be stored on allocated memory.
+ * Caller should take care of freeing that memory later.
+ *
+ * @param path file system path
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_lgetlabel(const char *path, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Get SMACK label from file descriptor.
+ * On successful call label will be stored on allocated memory.
+ * Caller should take care of freeing that memory later.
+ *
+ * @param fd file descriptor
+ * @param label returned label
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_fgetlabel(int fd, char** label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Set SMACK label for file.
+ * On successful call label will be stored on allocated memory.
+ *
+ * @param path file system path
+ * @param label SMACK label to set
+ * if equal to NULL or "", label will be removed
+ * for type SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE valid values are NULL, "", "0" or "1"
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_setlabel(const char *path, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Set SMACK label for file. If path points to a symbolic link, the
+ * function will set label of the link instead of file it refers to.
+ *
+ * @param path file system path
+ * @param label SMACK label to set
+ * if equal to NULL or "", label will be removed
+ * for type SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE valid values are NULL, "", "0" or "1"
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_lsetlabel(const char *path, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+/*!
+ * Get SMACK label from file descriptor.
+ *
+ * @param fd file descriptor
+ * @param label SMACK label to set
+ * if equal to NULL or "", label will be removed
+ * for type SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE valid values are NULL, "", "0" or "1"
+ * @param type label type to get
+ * @return 0 on success and negative value on failure.
+ */
+int smack_fsetlabel(int fd, const char* label,
+ enum smack_label_type type);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // _SYS_SMACK_H
--- /dev/null
+libtool.m4
+ltoptions.m4
+ltsugar.m4
+ltversion.m4
+lt~obsolete.m4
--- /dev/null
+<manifest>
+ <request>
+ <domain name="_" />
+ </request>
+</manifest>
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+<manifest>
+ <request>
+ <domain name="_" />
+ </request>
+ <assign>
+ <filesystem path="/etc/rc.d/init.d/smack-utils" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/chsmack" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackaccess" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackcipso" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackctl" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackd" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackload" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackload-fast" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/etc/init.d/smack-utils" exec_label="none"/>
+ </assign>
+</manifest>
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+<manifest>
+ <request>
+ <domain name="_" />
+ </request>
+</manifest>
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+.deps/
+.libs/
+smackaccess
+smackctl
+smackself
+smackcipso
+smackd
+smackload
+chsmack
+*.o
--- /dev/null
+instdir = ${bindir}
+bin_PROGRAMS = smackctl smackaccess smackload smackcipso smackd chsmack
+AM_CPPFLAGS = \
+ -I$(top_srcdir)/libsmack
+
+smackctl_SOURCES = smackctl.c common.c
+smackctl_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+smackaccess_SOURCES = smackaccess.c
+smackaccess_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+smackload_SOURCES = smackload.c common.c
+smackload_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+smackcipso_SOURCES = smackcipso.c common.c
+smackcipso_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+smackd_SOURCES = smackd.c common.c
+smackd_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+chsmack_SOURCES = chsmack.c
+chsmack_LDADD = ../libsmack/libsmack.la
+
+EXTRA_DIST = common.h
+
+SUBDIRS = smackload-fast
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * chsmack - Set smack attributes on files
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation.
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, version 2.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Author:
+ * Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
+ * Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/smack.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+static inline int leads(char *in, char *lead)
+{
+ return (strncmp(in, lead, strlen(lead)) == 0);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int rc;
+ int argi;
+ int transmute = 0;
+ char *buffer;
+ char *access = NULL;
+ char *mm = NULL;
+ char *execute = NULL;
+
+ for (argi = 1; argi < argc; argi++) {
+ if (strcmp(argv[argi], "-a") == 0)
+ access = argv[++argi];
+ else if (leads(argv[argi], "--access="))
+ access = argv[argi] + strlen("--access=");
+ else if (strcmp(argv[argi], "-e") == 0)
+ execute = argv[++argi];
+ else if (leads(argv[argi], "--exec="))
+ execute = argv[argi] + strlen("--exec=");
+ else if (leads(argv[argi], "--execute="))
+ execute = argv[argi] + strlen("--execute=");
+ else if (strcmp(argv[argi], "-m") == 0)
+ mm = argv[++argi];
+ else if (leads(argv[argi], "--mmap="))
+ mm = argv[argi] + strlen("--mmap=");
+ else if (strcmp(argv[argi], "-t") == 0)
+ transmute = 1;
+ else if (strcmp(argv[argi], "--transmute") == 0)
+ transmute = 1;
+ else if (*argv[argi] == '-') {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Invalid argument \"%s\".\n",
+ argv[argi]);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Indicates the start of filenames.
+ */
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ if (argi >= argc) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "No files specified.\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (access != NULL && strlen(access) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Access label \"%s\" exceeds %d characters.\n",
+ access, SMACK_LABEL_LEN);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (mm != NULL && strlen(mm) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "mmap label \"%s\" exceeds %d characters.\n",
+ mm, SMACK_LABEL_LEN);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (execute != NULL && strlen(execute) > SMACK_LABEL_LEN) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "execute label \"%s\" exceeds %d characters.\n",
+ execute, SMACK_LABEL_LEN);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ for (; argi < argc; argi++) {
+ if (access == NULL && mm == NULL &&
+ execute == NULL && !transmute) {
+ printf("%s", argv[argi]);
+ rc = smack_lgetlabel(argv[argi], &buffer, SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS);
+ if (rc == 0 && buffer != NULL) {
+ printf(" access=\"%s\"", buffer);
+ free(buffer);
+ }
+ rc = smack_lgetlabel(argv[argi], &buffer, SMACK_LABEL_EXEC);
+ if (rc == 0 && buffer != NULL) {
+ printf(" execute=\"%s\"", buffer);
+ free(buffer);
+ }
+ rc = smack_lgetlabel(argv[argi], &buffer, SMACK_LABEL_MMAP);
+ if (rc == 0 && buffer != NULL) {
+ printf(" mmap=\"%s\"", buffer);
+ free(buffer);
+ }
+ rc = smack_lgetlabel(argv[argi], &buffer, SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE);
+ if (rc == 0 && buffer != NULL) {
+ printf(" transmute=\"%s\"", buffer);
+ free(buffer);
+ }
+ printf("\n");
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (access != NULL) {
+ rc = smack_lsetlabel(argv[argi], access, SMACK_LABEL_ACCESS);
+ if (rc < 0)
+ perror(argv[argi]);
+ }
+ if (execute != NULL) {
+ rc = smack_lsetlabel(argv[argi], execute, SMACK_LABEL_EXEC);
+ if (rc < 0)
+ perror(argv[argi]);
+ }
+ if (mm != NULL) {
+ rc = smack_lsetlabel(argv[argi], mm, SMACK_LABEL_MMAP);
+ if (rc < 0)
+ perror(argv[argi]);
+ }
+ if (transmute) {
+ rc = smack_lsetlabel(argv[argi], "1", SMACK_LABEL_TRANSMUTE);
+ if (rc < 0)
+ perror(argv[argi]);
+ }
+ }
+ exit(0);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/vfs.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/smack.h>
+#include <ftw.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define SMACK_MAGIC 0x43415d53
+
+static int apply_rules_cb(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf);
+static int apply_cipso_cb(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf);
+
+int is_smackfs_mounted(void)
+{
+ struct statfs sfs;
+ int ret;
+ const char * smack_mnt;
+
+ smack_mnt = smack_smackfs_path();
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ do {
+ ret = statfs(smack_mnt, &sfs);
+ } while (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+ if (ret)
+ return -1;
+
+ if (sfs.f_type == SMACK_MAGIC)
+ return 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int clear(void)
+{
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+ const char * smack_mnt;
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+
+ smack_mnt = smack_smackfs_path();
+ if (!smack_mnt) {
+ errno = EFAULT;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (is_smackfs_mounted() != 1)
+ return -1;
+
+ snprintf(path, sizeof path, "%s/load2", smack_mnt);
+ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_rules_file(fd, 1);
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int apply_rules(const char *path, int clear)
+{
+ struct stat sbuf;
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ if (stat(path, &sbuf))
+ return -1;
+
+ if (S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode))
+ return nftw(path, apply_rules_cb, 1, FTW_PHYS|FTW_ACTIONRETVAL);
+
+ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_rules_file(fd, clear);
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int apply_cipso(const char *path)
+{
+ struct stat sbuf;
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ if (stat(path, &sbuf))
+ return -1;
+
+ if (S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode))
+ return nftw(path, apply_cipso_cb, 1, FTW_PHYS|FTW_ACTIONRETVAL);
+
+ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_cipso_file(fd);
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int apply_rules_file(int fd, int clear)
+{
+ struct smack_accesses *rules = NULL;
+ int ret = 0;
+
+ if (smack_accesses_new(&rules))
+ return -1;
+
+ if (smack_accesses_add_from_file(rules, fd)) {
+ smack_accesses_free(rules);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (!clear)
+ ret = smack_accesses_apply(rules);
+ else
+ ret = smack_accesses_clear(rules);
+
+ smack_accesses_free(rules);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int apply_cipso_file(int fd)
+{
+ struct smack_cipso *cipso = NULL;
+ int ret;
+
+ cipso = smack_cipso_new(fd);
+ if (cipso == NULL)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = smack_cipso_apply(cipso);
+ smack_cipso_free(cipso);
+ if (ret)
+ return -1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int apply_rules_cb(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf)
+{
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ if (typeflag == FTW_D)
+ return ftwbuf->level ? FTW_SKIP_SUBTREE : FTW_CONTINUE;
+ else if (typeflag != FTW_F)
+ return FTW_STOP;
+
+ fd = open(fpath, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_rules_file(fd, 0) ? FTW_STOP : FTW_CONTINUE;
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static int apply_cipso_cb(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf)
+{
+ int fd;
+ int ret;
+
+ if (typeflag == FTW_D)
+ return ftwbuf->level ? FTW_SKIP_SUBTREE : FTW_CONTINUE;
+ else if (typeflag != FTW_F)
+ return FTW_STOP;
+
+ fd = open(fpath, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ ret = apply_rules_file(fd, 0) ? FTW_STOP : FTW_CONTINUE;
+ close(fd);
+ return ret;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef COMMON_H
+#define COMMON_H
+
+#define ACCESSES_D_PATH "/etc/smack/accesses.d"
+#define CIPSO_D_PATH "/etc/smack/cipso.d"
+
+int clear(void);
+int is_smackfs_mounted(void);
+int apply_rules(const char *path, int clear);
+int apply_cipso(const char *path);
+int apply_rules_file(int fd, int clear);
+int apply_cipso_file(int fd);
+
+#endif // COMMON_H
--- /dev/null
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include <sys/smack.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int ret;
+
+ if (argc < 4) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <subject> <object> <access>\n", argv[0]);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ ret = smack_have_access(argv[1], argv[2], argv[3]);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ perror("smack_have_access");
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ printf("%d\n", ret);
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ if (is_smackfs_mounted() != 1) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "SmackFS is not mounted.\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ if (argc > 2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <path>\n", argv[0]);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ if (argc == 1) {
+ if (apply_cipso_file(STDIN_FILENO)) {
+ perror("apply_cipso_file");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (apply_cipso(argv[1])) {
+ perror("apply_cipso");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ exit(0);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static int apply_all(void)
+{
+ if (is_smackfs_mounted() != 1) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: SmackFS is not mounted.\n");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (clear())
+ return -1;
+
+ if (apply_rules(ACCESSES_D_PATH, 0))
+ perror("apply_rules");
+
+ if (apply_cipso(CIPSO_D_PATH))
+ perror("apply_cipso");
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int status(void)
+{
+ int ret = is_smackfs_mounted();
+
+ switch (ret) {
+ case 1:
+ printf("SmackFS is mounted.\n");
+ return 0;
+ case 0:
+ printf("SmackFS is not mounted.\n");
+ return 0;
+ default:
+ return -1;
+ }
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ if (argc < 2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <action>\n", argv[0]);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (!strcmp(argv[1], "apply")) {
+ if (apply_all())
+ return 1;
+ } else if (!strcmp(argv[1], "clear")) {
+ if (clear())
+ return 1;
+ } else if (!strcmp(argv[1], "status")) {
+ if (status())
+ return 1;
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Uknown action: %s\n", argv[1]);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/inotify.h>
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#define PID_FILE "/var/run/smackd.pid"
+#define BUF_SIZE (4 * (sizeof(struct inotify_event) + NAME_MAX + 1))
+
+#define ACCESS_FD 0
+#define CIPSO_FD 1
+
+int notify_handles[2];
+static volatile sig_atomic_t terminate = 0;
+static volatile sig_atomic_t restart = 0;
+
+enum mask_action {
+ CREATE,
+ MODIFY,
+ DELETE
+};
+
+static void clear_all_rules()
+{
+ if (clear() == -1)
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to clear all rules");
+}
+
+static void load_all_rules()
+{
+ if (apply_rules(ACCESSES_D_PATH, 0))
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Failed to load all rules");
+}
+
+static void signal_handler(int sig)
+{
+ switch (sig) {
+ case SIGTERM:
+ terminate = 1;
+ break;
+ case SIGHUP:
+ restart = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Unrequested signal : %d", sig);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int lockPidFile()
+{
+ int fd;
+ struct flock lock;
+ char buf[BUF_SIZE];
+
+ fd = open(PID_FILE, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_CLOEXEC,
+ S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to open (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ lock.l_len = 0;
+ lock.l_start = 0;
+ lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+
+ if (fcntl(fd, F_SETLK, &lock) < 0) {
+ if (errno == EACCES || errno == EAGAIN) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Daemon is already running (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+ }
+ else
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Could not lock PID_FILE (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (ftruncate(fd, 0) < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Could not truncate PID_FILE (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(buf, BUF_SIZE, "%ld\n", (long)getpid());
+ if (write(fd, buf, strlen(buf)) != strlen(buf)) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Could not write to PID_FILE (%s) : %m", PID_FILE);
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return fd;
+}
+
+static int daemonize()
+{
+ int maxfd, fd;
+
+ switch (fork()) {
+ case -1:
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to fork : %m");
+ return -1;
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ default:
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ if (setsid() < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ //do not regain a terminal
+ switch (fork()) {
+ case -1:
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to fork (2) : %m");
+ return -1;
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ default:
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ umask(0);
+
+ if (chdir("/") < 0)
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to chdir '/' : %m");
+
+ maxfd = sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX);
+ maxfd = maxfd != -1 ? maxfd : 4096;
+
+ for (fd = 0; fd < maxfd; fd++)
+ close(fd);
+
+ if (!freopen("/dev/null", "r", stdin))
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Failed to reopen stdin : %m");
+ if(!freopen("/dev/null", "w", stdout))
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Failed to reopen stout : %m");
+ if(!freopen("/dev/null", "w", stderr))
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Failed to reopen sterr : %m");
+
+ return lockPidFile();
+}
+
+static int configure_inotify()
+{
+ int inotifyFd, fd;
+
+ inotifyFd = inotify_init();
+ if (inotifyFd < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to init inotify : %m");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ fd = inotify_add_watch(inotifyFd, ACCESSES_D_PATH,
+ IN_DELETE | IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_MOVE);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to inotify_add_watch (%s) : %m",
+ ACCESSES_D_PATH);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ notify_handles[ACCESS_FD] = fd;
+
+ fd = inotify_add_watch(inotifyFd, CIPSO_D_PATH,
+ IN_DELETE | IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_MOVE);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to inotify_add_watch (%s) : %m",
+ CIPSO_D_PATH);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ notify_handles[CIPSO_FD] = fd;
+
+ return inotifyFd;
+}
+
+static void modify_access_rules(char *file, enum mask_action action)
+{
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+ int ret;
+
+ sprintf(path,"%s/%s", ACCESSES_D_PATH, file);
+
+ if (action == CREATE)
+ ret = apply_rules(path, 0);
+ else if (action == MODIFY) {
+ ret = apply_rules(path, 1);
+ ret = apply_rules(path, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (ret)
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed load access rules (%s), action (%d) :%m",
+ path, action);
+}
+
+static void modify_cipso_rules(char *file)
+{
+ char path[PATH_MAX];
+ sprintf(path,"%s/%s", CIPSO_D_PATH, file);
+
+ if (apply_cipso(path))
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to load cipso rules (%s) : %m", path);
+}
+
+static int handle_inotify_event(int inotifyFd)
+{
+ struct inotify_event *event;
+ char buf[BUF_SIZE];
+ ssize_t num_read;
+ char *head;
+ enum mask_action action;
+ int del = 0;
+ int size = sizeof(struct inotify_event);
+
+ num_read = read(inotifyFd, buf, BUF_SIZE);
+ if (num_read <= 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Error reading inotify event : %m");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ for (head = buf; head < buf + num_read; head += size + event->len) {
+ event = (struct inotify_event *) head;
+
+ if (event->mask & IN_MOVED_TO)
+ action = CREATE;
+ else if (event->mask & IN_CLOSE_WRITE)
+ action = MODIFY;
+ else if (event->mask & IN_DELETE || event->mask & IN_MOVED_FROM) {
+ del = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (event->wd == notify_handles[ACCESS_FD])
+ modify_access_rules(event->name, action);
+ else if (event->wd == notify_handles[CIPSO_FD])
+ modify_cipso_rules(event->name);
+ }
+
+ if (del) {
+ //at least one file was removed so we should reparse the rules
+ clear_all_rules();
+ load_all_rules();
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int monitor(int inotifyFd)
+{
+ fd_set readSet;
+ FD_ZERO(&readSet);
+ FD_SET(inotifyFd, &readSet);
+
+ return select(inotifyFd + 1, &readSet, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ struct sigaction sa;
+ int inotify_fd;
+ int ret;
+ int pid_fd;
+
+ sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
+ sa.sa_handler = signal_handler;
+ sa.sa_flags = SA_RESTART;
+
+ if (sigaction(SIGHUP, &sa, NULL) < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "failed to listen for signal SIGHUP : %m");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (sigaction(SIGTERM, &sa, NULL) < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "failed to listen for signal SIGTERM : %m");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ pid_fd = daemonize();
+ if (pid_fd < 0)
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+
+ clear_all_rules();
+ load_all_rules();
+
+ inotify_fd = configure_inotify();
+
+ while (inotify_fd >= 0 && !terminate && !restart) {
+ ret = monitor(inotify_fd);
+ if (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (ret < 0) {
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to monitor properly : %m");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ret = handle_inotify_event(inotify_fd);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ close(pid_fd);
+ remove(PID_FILE);
+
+ if (restart && execv(argv[0], argv))
+ syslog(LOG_ERR, "Failed to restart : %m");
+
+ clear_all_rules();
+
+ syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Finished %s", argv[0]);
+ exit(terminate == 1 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
--- /dev/null
+instdir = ${bindir}
+bin_PROGRAMS = smackload-fast
+noinst_PROGRAMS = genmodes
+
+genmodes_SOURCES = genmodes.c
+smackload_fast_SOURCES = main.c input.c output.c common.h
+nodist_smackload_fast_SOURCES = modes.h
+
+output.$(OBJEXT): modes.h
+CLEANFILES = modes.h
+
+modes.h: genmodes
+ ./genmodes > $@
--- /dev/null
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define MODE_READ 0x01
+#define MODE_WRITE 0x02
+#define MODE_EXEC 0x04
+#define MODE_APPEND 0x08
+#define MODE_TRANS 0x10
+#define MODE_LOCK 0x20
+#define MODE_MAX 0x40
+
+#define SMACK_LABEL_LEN 255
+#define MAX_LABELS USHRT_MAX
+
+#define buf_auto_resize(ptr, cnt, alloc) { \
+ if ((cnt) >= (alloc)) { \
+ __typeof__(ptr) ptr_new; \
+ (alloc) = ((alloc) == 0) ? 256 : ((alloc) << 1); \
+ ptr_new = realloc((ptr), (alloc) * sizeof(*ptr)); \
+ if (ptr_new == NULL) \
+ errx(EXIT_FAILURE, \
+ "Unable to allocate %zd bytes memory", \
+ (alloc) * sizeof(*ptr)); \
+ (ptr) = ptr_new; \
+ } \
+}
+
+struct label_trie_node {
+ uint16_t label_id;
+ const char *label;
+ struct label_trie_node *parent;
+ struct label_trie_node *children[256];
+};
+
+struct rule {
+ union {
+ uint32_t subjobj;
+ struct {
+ uint32_t obj:16;
+ uint32_t subj:16;
+ } s;
+ } u;
+ int8_t access1;
+ int8_t access2;
+};
+
+#define RULE_SUBJ(R) ((R).u.s.subj)
+#define RULE_OBJ(R) ((R).u.s.obj)
+#define RULE_SUBJOBJ(R) ((R).u.subjobj)
+
+extern struct label_trie_node trie_root;
+extern struct label_trie_node **labels;
+extern int labels_cnt, labels_alloc;
+
+extern struct rule *rules;
+extern int rules_cnt, rules_alloc;
--- /dev/null
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "common.h"
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ int mode;
+
+ printf("const char *modestr[] = {");
+ for (mode = 0; mode < MODE_MAX; ++mode) {
+ char str[32];
+ int i = 0;
+
+ if (mode & MODE_READ)
+ str[i++] = 'r';
+ if (mode & MODE_WRITE)
+ str[i++] = 'w';
+ if (mode & MODE_EXEC)
+ str[i++] = 'x';
+ if (mode & MODE_APPEND)
+ str[i++] = 'a';
+ if (mode & MODE_TRANS)
+ str[i++] = 't';
+ if (mode & MODE_LOCK)
+ str[i++] = 'l';
+ str[i] = '\0';
+
+ if (mode == 0)
+ printf("\"-\"");
+ else
+ printf(", \"%s\"", (i > 0) ? str : "-");
+ }
+ printf("};\n");
+
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include "common.h"
+
+#define SMACK_RULES_DIR "/etc/smack/accesses.d"
+
+#define parse_error(...) { \
+ fprintf(stderr, "Parse error in file %s:%d: ", \
+ curr_file, curr_line); \
+ fprintf(stderr, __VA_ARGS__); \
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n"); \
+ return -1; \
+}
+
+#define next_char() ((curr_buf_pos < curr_buf_size) ? curr_buf[curr_buf_pos++] : '\0')
+
+static const char *curr_file;
+static char *curr_buf;
+static int curr_buf_pos, curr_buf_size;
+static int curr_line;
+
+
+static inline void skip_empty_lines(void)
+{
+ while (curr_buf_pos < curr_buf_size && curr_buf[curr_buf_pos] == '\n') {
+ ++curr_buf_pos;
+ ++curr_line;
+ }
+}
+
+static int parse_label()
+{
+ struct label_trie_node *node = &trie_root;
+ short len = 0;
+ char label[SMACK_LABEL_LEN + 1];
+ int c;
+
+ do {
+ c = next_char();
+ } while (c == ' ');
+
+ if (c == '-')
+ parse_error("Smack label cannot begin with '-'");
+
+ for (; c != ' '; c = next_char()) {
+ switch (c) {
+ case '~':
+ case '/':
+ case '"':
+ case '\\':
+ case '\'':
+ parse_error("Character %c is prohibited in Smack label", c);
+ case '\t':
+ parse_error("Unexpected white space");
+ case '\n':
+ parse_error("Unexpected EOL");
+ case '\0':
+ parse_error("Unexpected EOF");
+ }
+
+ label[len++] = c;
+ if (len > SMACK_LABEL_LEN)
+ parse_error("Label too long");
+
+ if (node->children[c] == NULL) {
+ node->children[c] = calloc(1, sizeof(struct label_trie_node));
+ if (node->children[c] == NULL)
+ errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Unable to allocate %zd bytes of memory", sizeof(struct label_trie_node));
+
+ node->children[c]->parent = node;
+ node->children[c]->label_id = MAX_LABELS;
+ }
+
+ node = node->children[c];
+ }
+
+ if (node->label_id != MAX_LABELS)
+ return node->label_id;
+
+ if (labels_cnt == MAX_LABELS - 1)
+ errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Maximum number of labels (%d) exceeded", MAX_LABELS - 1);
+
+ buf_auto_resize(labels, labels_cnt, labels_alloc);
+
+ label[len] = '\0';
+ node->label = strdup(label);
+ labels[labels_cnt] = node;
+ node->label_id = labels_cnt++;
+
+ return node->label_id;
+}
+
+static int parse_access()
+{
+ int c;
+ int len = 0;
+ short access = 0;
+
+ do {
+ c = next_char();
+ } while (c == ' ');
+
+ while (1) {
+ switch (c) {
+ case 'r':
+ case 'R':
+ access |= MODE_READ;
+ break;
+ case 'w':
+ case 'W':
+ access |= MODE_WRITE;
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ case 'X':
+ access |= MODE_EXEC;
+ break;
+ case 'a':
+ case 'A':
+ access |= MODE_APPEND;
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ case 'T':
+ access |= MODE_TRANS;
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ case 'L':
+ access |= MODE_LOCK;
+ break;
+ case '-':
+ break;
+ case ' ':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ if (len > 0)
+ return access;
+ else
+ parse_error("Empty mode string");
+ default:
+ parse_error("Invalid character '%c' in mode string", c);
+ }
+
+ ++len;
+ c = next_char();
+ }
+
+ return access;
+}
+
+static inline void parse_file(const char *path)
+{
+ int fd = open(path, O_RDONLY | O_NOATIME, 0);
+
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ warn("Unable to open file %s", path);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ curr_buf_size = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_END);
+ if (curr_buf_size < 0) {
+ warn("Unable to read file %s", path);
+ close(fd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (curr_buf_size == 0) {
+ close(fd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ curr_buf = mmap(NULL, curr_buf_size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_POPULATE, fd, 0);
+ if (curr_buf == MAP_FAILED) {
+ warn("Unable to read file %s", path);
+ close(fd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ curr_file = path;
+ curr_buf_pos = 0;
+ curr_line = 0;
+
+ skip_empty_lines();
+ while (curr_buf_pos < curr_buf_size) {
+ int ret;
+
+ buf_auto_resize(rules, rules_cnt, rules_alloc);
+ ++curr_line;
+
+ if ((ret = parse_label()) < 0)
+ break;
+ RULE_SUBJ(rules[rules_cnt]) = ret;
+
+ if ((ret = parse_label()) < 0)
+ break;
+ RULE_OBJ(rules[rules_cnt]) = ret;
+
+ if ((ret = parse_access()) < 0)
+ break;
+ rules[rules_cnt].access1 = ret;
+
+ if (curr_buf_pos == curr_buf_size || curr_buf[curr_buf_pos - 1] == '\n') {
+ rules[rules_cnt].access2 = -1;
+ } else {
+ if ((ret = parse_access()) < 0)
+ break;
+ rules[rules_cnt].access2 = ret;
+ }
+
+ skip_empty_lines();
+ ++rules_cnt;
+ }
+
+ close(fd);
+}
+
+void input(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ const char* path_argv[argc + 1];
+ FTS *fts;
+ FTSENT *ftsent;
+ int i;
+
+ if (argc > 1) {
+ for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i)
+ path_argv[i - 1] = argv[i];
+ path_argv[argc - 1] = NULL;
+ } else {
+ path_argv[0] = SMACK_RULES_DIR;
+ path_argv[1] = NULL;
+ }
+
+ fts = fts_open((char * const *) path_argv, FTS_PHYSICAL | FTS_NOSTAT, NULL);
+ if (fts == NULL)
+ err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Unable to open input path");
+
+ while ((ftsent = fts_read(fts)) != NULL) {
+ if (ftsent->fts_info == FTS_NSOK)
+ parse_file(ftsent->fts_accpath);
+ }
+
+ fts_close(fts);
+}
--- /dev/null
+#include "common.h"
+
+struct label_trie_node trie_root = {.label_id = MAX_LABELS};
+struct label_trie_node **labels;
+int labels_cnt, labels_alloc;
+
+struct rule *rules;
+int rules_cnt, rules_alloc;
+
+extern void input(int argc, char *argv[]);
+extern void output(void);
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ input(argc, argv);
+ output();
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "common.h"
+#include "modes.h"
+
+#define SMACK_LOAD2_PATH "/smack/load2"
+
+static char *out_buf;
+static int out_buf_pos;
+
+int compare_rules(const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+ struct rule *rule1 = (struct rule *) p1;
+ struct rule *rule2 = (struct rule *) p2;
+
+ return RULE_SUBJOBJ(*rule1) - RULE_SUBJOBJ(*rule2);
+}
+
+static inline void print_rule(const char *subj, const char *obj, const char *mode)
+{
+ const char *c;
+
+ for (c = subj; *c; ++c)
+ out_buf[out_buf_pos++] = *c;
+ out_buf[out_buf_pos++] = ' ';
+
+ for (c = obj; *c; ++c)
+ out_buf[out_buf_pos++] = *c;
+ out_buf[out_buf_pos++] = ' ';
+
+ for (c = mode; *c; ++c)
+ out_buf[out_buf_pos++] = *c;
+ out_buf[out_buf_pos++] = '\n';
+}
+
+static inline void print_rules(int fd)
+{
+ struct rule rule;
+ int access = 0;
+ int i;
+ int ret;
+
+ RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule) = 0;
+ out_buf = malloc(rules_cnt * (SMACK_LABEL_LEN * 2 + 16));
+ if (out_buf == NULL)
+ errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Unable to allocate output buffer");
+ out_buf_pos = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < rules_cnt; ++i) {
+ if (RULE_SUBJOBJ(rules[i]) != RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule)) {
+ if (RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule) && access)
+ print_rule(labels[RULE_SUBJ(rule)]->label, labels[RULE_OBJ(rule)]->label, modestr[access]);
+ RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule) = RULE_SUBJOBJ(rules[i]);
+ access = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (rules[i].access2 >= 0) {
+ // modify rule
+ access |= rules[i].access1;
+ access &= ~(rules[i].access2);
+ } else {
+ // set rule
+ access = rules[i].access1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule) && access)
+ print_rule(labels[RULE_SUBJ(rule)]->label, labels[RULE_OBJ(rule)]->label, modestr[access]);
+
+
+ for (i = 0; i < out_buf_pos; i += ret) {
+ ret = write(fd, out_buf + i, out_buf_pos - i);
+ if (ret <= 0)
+ err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Error while writing rules to kernel");
+ }
+
+ close(fd);
+ free(out_buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Function for writing rules to a legacy kernel, with no multi line support.
+ * It duplicates some logic from print_rules(), but it makes both functions
+ * quicker.
+ */
+void print_rules_legacy(int fd)
+{
+ struct rule rule;
+ int access = 0;
+ int i;
+ int ret;
+ FILE *f;
+
+ RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule) = 0;
+ f = fdopen(fd, "w");
+ if (f == NULL)
+ err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Unable to open %s for writing", SMACK_LOAD2_PATH);
+ setvbuf(f, NULL, _IONBF, 0); /* Disable I/O buffering */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < rules_cnt; ++i) {
+ if (RULE_SUBJOBJ(rules[i]) != RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule)) {
+ if (RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule) && access) {
+ ret = fprintf(f, "%s %s %s", labels[RULE_SUBJ(rule)]->label, labels[RULE_OBJ(rule)]->label, modestr[access]);
+ if (ret <= 0)
+ err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Error while writing rules to kernel");
+ }
+ RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule) = RULE_SUBJOBJ(rules[i]);
+ access = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (rules[i].access2 >= 0) {
+ // modify rule
+ access |= rules[i].access1;
+ access &= ~(rules[i].access2);
+ } else {
+ // set rule
+ access = rules[i].access1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (RULE_SUBJOBJ(rule) && access) {
+ ret = fprintf(f, "%s %s %s", labels[RULE_SUBJ(rule)]->label, labels[RULE_OBJ(rule)]->label, modestr[access]);
+ if (ret <= 0)
+ err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Error while writing rules to kernel");
+ }
+
+ fclose(f);
+}
+
+static int test_multiline(int *fd)
+{
+ *fd = open(SMACK_LOAD2_PATH, O_WRONLY);
+ if (*fd < 0)
+ err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Unable to open %s for writing", SMACK_LOAD2_PATH);
+
+ if (write(*fd, "", 0) == 0)
+ return 1; /* Multiline capable kernels can also handle 0-byte write */
+ else
+ return 0; /* Legacy kernels return an error */
+}
+
+void output(void)
+{
+ int fd;
+
+ qsort(rules, rules_cnt, sizeof(struct rule), compare_rules);
+
+ if (test_multiline(&fd))
+ print_rules(fd);
+ else
+ print_rules_legacy(fd);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This file is part of libsmack
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+ * 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ * Brian McGillion <brian.mcgillion@intel.com>
+ * Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+static void usage(const char *bin)
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-c] <path>\n", bin);
+ exit(1);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int clear = 0;
+ int c;
+
+ if (is_smackfs_mounted() != 1) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "SmackFS is not mounted.\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "c")) != -1) {
+ switch (c) {
+ case 'c':
+ clear = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ usage(argv[0]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (optind == argc) {
+ if (apply_rules_file(STDIN_FILENO, clear)) {
+ perror("apply_rules_file");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (apply_rules(argv[optind], clear)) {
+ perror("apply_rules");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ exit(0);
+}
--- /dev/null
+<manifest>
+ <request>
+ <domain name="_" />
+ </request>
+</manifest>
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+<manifest>
+ <request>
+ <domain name="_" />
+ </request>
+ <assign>
+ <filesystem path="/etc/rc.d/init.d/smack-utils" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/chsmack" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackaccess" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackcipso" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackctl" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackd" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackload" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/usr/bin/smackload-fast" exec_label="none"/>
+ <filesystem path="/etc/init.d/smack-utils" exec_label="none"/>
+ </assign>
+</manifest>
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+<manifest>
+ <request>
+ <domain name="_" />
+ </request>
+</manifest>
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Name: smack
+Version: 1.0slp2+s15
+Release: 0
+Summary: Package to interact with Smack
+Group: System/Kernel
+License: LGPLv2
+URL: https://github.com/organizations/smack-team/smack
+Source0: smack-%{version}.tar.gz
+Source1: smack.manifest
+Source2: smack-devel.manifest
+Source3: smack-utils.manifest
+BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-%{release}-root-%(%{__id_u} -n)
+
+
+
+%if "%{_repository}" == "wearable"
+
+BuildRequires: automake autoconf libtool
+
+
+%description
+Library allows applications to work with Smack
+
+
+%package devel
+Summary: Developmnent headers and libs for libsmack
+Group: Development/Libraries
+Requires: %{name} = %{version}-%{release}
+
+%description devel
+Standard header files for use when developing Smack enabled applications
+
+%package utils
+Summary: Selection of tools for developers working with Smack
+Group: System/Kernel
+Requires: %{name} = %{version}-%{release}
+
+%description utils
+Tools provided to load and unload rules from the kernel and query the policy
+
+%prep
+%setup -q
+#############################################
+echo "TIZEN_PROFILE_WEARABLE"
+echo "TIZEN_PROFILE_WEARABLE"
+echo "TIZEN_PROFILE_WEARABLE"
+cp -R modules_wearable/* ./
+#############################################
+autoreconf --install --symlink
+
+%build
+echo "`pwd`"
+%configure --with-systemdsystemunitdir=%{_libdir}/systemd/system
+make %{?_smp_mflags}
+
+%install
+rm -rf %{buildroot}
+make install DESTDIR=%{buildroot}
+install -d %{buildroot}/smack
+install -d %{buildroot}/etc
+install -D -d %{buildroot}/opt/etc/smack/accesses.d
+install -D -d %{buildroot}/opt/etc/smack/cipso.d
+#install -D -d %{buildroot}/etc/rc.d/rc3.d/
+#install -D -d %{buildroot}/etc/rc.d/rc4.d/
+install -D init/smack.rc %{buildroot}/etc/init.d/smack-utils
+#ln -sf /opt/etc/smack %{buildroot}/etc/
+#ln -sf /etc/init.d/smack-utils %{buildroot}/etc/rc.d/rc3.d/S01smack
+#ln -sf /etc/init.d/smack-utils %{buildroot}/etc/rc.d/rc4.d/S01smack
+install -D -d %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/systemd/system/local-fs.target.wants
+install -D -d %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/systemd/system/basic.target.wants
+ln -sf ../%{name}.mount %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/systemd/system/local-fs.target.wants/
+ln -sf ../%{name}.service %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/systemd/system/basic.target.wants/
+rm -rf %{buildroot}/%{_docdir}
+mkdir -p %{buildroot}/usr/share/license
+cp COPYING %{buildroot}/usr/share/license/%{name}
+cp COPYING %{buildroot}/usr/share/license/%{name}-utils
+
+%clean
+rm -rf %{buildroot}
+
+%post utils
+if [ -d /etc/smack -a ! -L /etc/smack ]; then
+ cp -r /etc/smack /opt/etc/
+ rm -rf /etc/smack
+fi
+ln -sf /opt/etc/smack /etc/
+
+%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig
+
+%files
+%manifest packaging/smack.manifest
+%defattr(644,root,root,755)
+%{_libdir}/libsmack.so.*
+%{_datadir}/license/%{name}
+
+%files devel
+%manifest packaging/smack-devel.manifest
+%defattr(644,root,root,755)
+%{_includedir}/*
+%{_libdir}/libsmack.so
+%{_libdir}/libsmack.la
+%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/*
+%{_mandir}/man3/*
+
+%files utils
+%manifest packaging/smack-utils.manifest
+%defattr(644,root,root,755)
+%attr(755,root,root) %{_bindir}/*
+%attr(755,root,root) /etc/init.d/smack-utils
+#/etc/smack
+#/etc/rc.d/*
+%{_libdir}/systemd/system/%{name}.mount
+%{_libdir}/systemd/system/local-fs.target.wants/%{name}.mount
+%{_libdir}/systemd/system/%{name}.service
+%{_libdir}/systemd/system/basic.target.wants/%{name}.service
+/opt/etc/*
+/smack/
+%{_mandir}/man1/*
+%{_mandir}/man8/*
+%{_datadir}/license/%{name}-utils
+
+%changelog
+* Wed Dec 04 2013 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s14
+- smackload-fast: revert untracked changes to original source.
+- smackload-fast: add support for legacy kernel with no multi-line support.
+- smackload-fast: sanitize struct rule definition and usage.
+- Change smack.service to use smackload-fast.
+
+* Thu Nov 28 2013 Krzysztof Jackiewicz <k.jackiewicz@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s13
+- Prevent potentially unterminated buffers while adding rule to the list
+- Add util smackloadfast
+- Fix parse error messages in smackloadfast.
+- Fix parsing bug in smackloadfast util.
+- Add automake generation for smackloadfast
+- Elimination of floor (_) labeled executables
+
+* Tue Aug 13 2013 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s12
+- Fix symlink creation on smack-utils install.
+- libsmack: add support for new access mode for setting locks ("l")
+
+* Mon May 27 2013 Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s11-4
+- remove rc.d scripts
+
+* Tue May 14 2013 Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s11-3
+- fix systemd service file
+
+* Mon May 06 2013 Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s11-2
+- fix %post
+
+* Fri May 03 2013 Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s11-1
+- fix directory installation problem
+- fix %post bug
+
+* Thu Apr 25 2013 Krzysztof Jackiewicz <k.jackiewicz@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s11
+- fix smackcipso can't set CIPSO correctly
+- disable services for new systemd versions
+
+* Mon Feb 18 2013 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s10
+- libsmack: check label length in smack_revoke_subject().
+- Merge changes from upstream repository:
+ - libsmack: fallback to short labels.
+ - Declare smack_mnt as non-static in init.c.
+ - Removed dso.h.
+ - smack.service: provide [Install] section in systemd unit file.
+ - smack.mount: "WantedBy" is illegal in [Unit] context.
+ - Move cipso_free,cipso_new,cipso_apply from utils/common.c to libsmack/libsmack.c.
+ - Add support for smackfs directory: /sys/fs/smackfs/
+ - Run AM_PROG_AR to fix build with newer automake.
+
+* Thu Feb 07 2013 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s9
+- Add systemd support scripts.
+- Polish init script.
+- execute init script between local-fs.target and basic.target.
+- libsmack: try not to fail if accesses_apply cannot access some kernel interface.
+
+* Tue Feb 05 2013 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s8
+- libsmack: fix access type parsing.
+- libsmack: fix label removal.
+- Don't fail when removing label from file, that doesn't have it.
+
+* Mon Nov 26 2012 Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s7
+- change initialization script order
+
+* Mon Sep 17 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s6
+- Modified typo access.d --> accesses.d
+- packaging: fix location of symlinks to smack-utils init script.
+- Merge with upstream.
+
+* Wed Aug 1 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s5
+- Rebuild, no source changes.
+
+* Mon Jul 30 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s4
+- Rebuild, no source changes.
+
+* Thu Jul 19 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s3
+- Rebuild, change versioning schema.
+
+* Wed Jul 11 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0-slp2+s2
+- Release with my source patches after review with the upstream maintainer.
+
+* Wed May 9 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0-slp2+s1
+- Initial spec file
+
+
+%else
+
+
+BuildRequires: automake autoconf libtool
+
+%description
+Library allows applications to work with Smack
+
+%package devel
+Summary: Developmnent headers and libs for libsmack
+Group: Development/Libraries
+Requires: %{name} = %{version}-%{release}
+
+%description devel
+Standard header files for use when developing Smack enabled applications
+
+%package utils
+Summary: Selection of tools for developers working with Smack
+Group: System/Kernel
+Requires: %{name} = %{version}-%{release}
+
+%description utils
+Tools provided to load and unload rules from the kernel and query the policy
+
+%prep
+%setup -q
+
+#############################################
+echo "TIZEN_PROFILE_MOBILE"
+echo "TIZEN_PROFILE_MOBILE"
+echo "TIZEN_PROFILE_MOBILE"
+cp -R modules_mobile/* ./
+#############################################
+autoreconf --install --symlink
+
+%build
+%configure --with-systemdsystemunitdir=%{_libdir}/systemd/system
+make %{?_smp_mflags}
+
+%install
+rm -rf %{buildroot}
+make install DESTDIR=%{buildroot}
+install -d %{buildroot}/smack
+install -d %{buildroot}/etc
+install -D -d %{buildroot}/opt/etc/smack/accesses.d
+install -D -d %{buildroot}/opt/etc/smack/cipso.d
+install -D -d %{buildroot}/etc/rc.d/rc3.d/
+install -D -d %{buildroot}/etc/rc.d/rc4.d/
+install -D init/smack.rc %{buildroot}/etc/init.d/smack-utils
+#ln -sf /opt/etc/smack %{buildroot}/etc/
+ln -sf /etc/init.d/smack-utils %{buildroot}/etc/rc.d/rc3.d/S01smack
+ln -sf /etc/init.d/smack-utils %{buildroot}/etc/rc.d/rc4.d/S01smack
+install -D -d %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/systemd/system/local-fs.target.wants
+install -D -d %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/systemd/system/basic.target.wants
+ln -sf ../%{name}.mount %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/systemd/system/local-fs.target.wants/
+ln -sf ../%{name}.service %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/systemd/system/basic.target.wants/
+rm -rf %{buildroot}/%{_docdir}
+mkdir -p %{buildroot}/usr/share/license
+cp COPYING %{buildroot}/usr/share/license/%{name}
+cp COPYING %{buildroot}/usr/share/license/%{name}-devel
+cp COPYING %{buildroot}/usr/share/license/%{name}-utils
+
+%clean
+rm -rf %{buildroot}
+
+%post utils
+if [ -d /etc/smack -a ! -L /etc/smack ]; then
+ cp -r /etc/smack /opt/etc/
+ rm -rf /etc/smack
+fi
+ln -sf /opt/etc/smack /etc/
+
+%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig
+
+%files
+%defattr(644,root,root,755)
+%{_libdir}/libsmack.so.*
+/usr/share/license/%{name}
+
+%files devel
+%defattr(644,root,root,755)
+%{_includedir}/*
+%{_libdir}/libsmack.so
+%{_libdir}/libsmack.la
+%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/*
+%{_mandir}/man3/*
+/usr/share/license/%{name}-devel
+
+%files utils
+%defattr(644,root,root,755)
+%attr(755,root,root) %{_bindir}/*
+%attr(755,root,root) /etc/init.d/smack-utils
+#/etc/smack
+/etc/rc.d/*
+%{_libdir}/systemd/system/%{name}.mount
+%{_libdir}/systemd/system/local-fs.target.wants/%{name}.mount
+%{_libdir}/systemd/system/%{name}.service
+%{_libdir}/systemd/system/basic.target.wants/%{name}.service
+/opt/etc/*
+/smack/
+%{_mandir}/man1/*
+%{_mandir}/man8/*
+/usr/share/license/%{name}-utils
+
+%changelog
+* Tue Aug 20 2013 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s12
+- fix directory installation problem
+- fix %post bug
+- fix smack denied issue on emulator
+- Fix symlink creation on smack-utils install.
+- libsmack: add support for new access mode for setting locks ("l")
+
+* Wed Apr 24 2013 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s11
+- libsmack: check label length in smack_revoke_subject().
+- Merge changes from upstream repository:
+ - libsmack: fallback to short labels.
+ - Declare smack_mnt as non-static in init.c.
+ - Removed dso.h.
+ - smack.service: provide [Install] section in systemd unit file.
+ - smack.mount: "WantedBy" is illegal in [Unit] context.
+ - Move cipso_free,cipso_new,cipso_apply from utils/common.c to libsmack/libsmack.c.
+ - Add support for smackfs directory: /sys/fs/smackfs/
+ - smackcipso can't set CIPSO correctly (fixes bug TDIS-3891)
+
+ - Run AM_PROG_AR to fix build with newer automake.
+ - disable services for new systemd versions
+
+* Thu Feb 07 2013 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s9
+- Polish init script.
+- execute init script between local-fs.target and basic.target.
+- libsmack: fix access type parsing.
+- libsmack: fix label removal.
+- Don't fail when removing label from file, that doesn't have it.
+
+* Wed Dec 10 2012 Jacek Migacz <j.migacz@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s8
+- Add systemd support scripts.
+
+* Mon Nov 26 2012 Kidong Kim <kd0228.kim@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s7
+- fix initialization script order : S07 -> S01
+
+* Mon Oct 29 2012 Tomasz Swierczek <t.swieczek@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s6
+- No changes, re-release to proper OBS project on tizendev.
+
+* Thu Oct 25 2012 Tomasz Swierczek <t.swieczek@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s6
+- No changes, re-release to proper OBS project on tizendev.
+
+* Mon Sep 17 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s6
+- Modified typo access.d --> accesses.d
+- packaging: fix location of symlinks to smack-utils init script.
+- Merge with upstream.
+
+* Thu Aug 1 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s5
+- Rebuild, no source changes.
+
+* Thu Jul 30 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s4
+- Rebuild, no source changes.
+
+* Thu Jul 19 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0slp2+s3
+- Rebuild, change versioning schema.
+
+* Wed Jul 11 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0-slp2+s2
+- Release with my source patches after review with the upstream maintainer.
+
+* Wed May 9 2012 Rafal Krypa <r.krypa@samsung.com> - 1.0-slp2+s1
+- Initial spec file
+%endif
projects / framework / security / smack.git / commitdiff